Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

pbio · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker pbio
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Pressure BioSciences, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

[X] Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 or

[  ] Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from __________________ to __________________

Commission file number 001-38185

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Massachusetts
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

14 Norfolk Avenue
South Easton, Massachusetts
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

04-2652826
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

02375
(Zip Code)

(508) 230-1828
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
None

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

(Title of Class)
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes [  ] No [X]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.
Yes [  ] No [X]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant:  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934  during  the

preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T

during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that registrant was required to submit and post such files.

Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller  reporting  company  or  an  “emerging
growth  company”.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company”  and  “emerging  growth  company”  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the
Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [  ]
Non-accelerated filer [X]

  Accelerated filer [  ]
  Smaller reporting company [X]
  Emerging growth company [  ]

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for  complying  with  any  new  or  revised

financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial

reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [  ] No [X].

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2020 was $7,127,474 based on the closing

price of $2.30 per share of Pressure BioSciences, Inc. common stock as quoted on the OTCQB Marketplace on that date.

As of April 8, 2021, there were 4,321,973 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N/A.

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS,  AND  ISSUER  PURCHASES  OF  EQUITY

PART II

SECURITIES.

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

PART III

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS; AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

PART IV

2

Introductory Comments

4

24

34

34

34

34

35

36

37

47

48

83

83

84

85

90

94

96

97

98

Throughout  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  the  terms  “we,”  “us,”  “our,”  “the  Company,”  “our  Company,”  and  “PBI,”  refer  to  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  a

Massachusetts corporation, and unless the context indicates otherwise, also includes our wholly-owned subsidiary.

 PART I

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). In some cases, forward-looking statements are identified by terms such as “may,”
“will,”  “should,”  “could,”  “would,”  “expects,”  “plans,”  “anticipates,”  “believes,”  “estimates,”  “projects,”  “predicts,”  “potential”  and  similar  expressions  intended  to  identify
forward-looking statements. Such statements include, without limitation, statements regarding:

●
●
●
●
●
●
●

our need for, and our ability to raise, additional equity or debt financing on acceptable terms, if at all;
our need to take additional cost reduction measures, cease operations or sell our operating assets, if we are unable to obtain sufficient additional financing;
our belief that we will have sufficient liquidity to finance normal operations for the foreseeable future;
the options we may pursue in light of our financial condition;
the potential applications for Ultra Shear Technology (UST);
the potential applications of the BaroFold high-pressure protein refolding and disaggregation technology
the amount of cash necessary to operate our business;

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
●
●

●

●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

●

●
●

●
●

the anticipated uses of grant revenue and the potential for increased grant revenue in future periods;
our plans and expectations with respect to our continued operations;
the expected increase in the number of pressure cycling technology (“PCT”) and constant pressure (“CP”) based units that we believe will be installed and the expected
increase in revenues from the sale of consumable products, extended service contracts, and biopharma contract services;
our belief that PCT has achieved initial market acceptance in the mass spectrometry and other markets;
the expected development and success of new instrument and consumables product offerings;
the potential applications for our instrument and consumables product offerings;
the expected expenses of, and benefits and results from, our research and development efforts;
the expected benefits and results from our collaboration programs, strategic alliances and joint ventures;
our expectation of obtaining additional research grants from the government in the future;
our expectations of the results of our development activities funded by government research grants;
the potential size of the market for biological sample preparation, biopharma contract services and Ultra Shear Technology;
general economic conditions;
the anticipated future financial performance and business operations of our company;
our reasons for focusing our resources in the market for genomic, proteomic, lipidomic and small molecule sample preparation;
the importance of mass spectrometry as a laboratory tool;

the advantages of PCT over other current technologies as a method of biological sample preparation and protein characterization in biomarker discovery, forensics, and
histology, as well as for other applications;
the capabilities and benefits of our PCT Sample Preparation System, consumables and other products;
our belief that laboratory scientists will achieve results comparable with those reported to date by certain research scientists who have published or presented publicly on
PCT and our other products and services;
our ability to retain our core group of scientific, administrative and sales personnel; and
our ability to expand our customer base in sample preparation and for other applications of PCT and our other products and services.

These forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements, expressed or implied, by such forward-
looking  statements. Also,  these  forward-looking  statements  represent  our  estimates  and  assumptions  only  as  of  the  date  of  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Except  as
otherwise required by law, we expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statement contained in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K to reflect any change in our expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any of our forward-looking statements are
based. Factors that could cause or contribute to differences in our future financial and other results include those discussed in the risk factors set forth in Part I, Item 1A of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as those discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary
statements.

3

ITEM 1. BUSINESS .

Throughout  this  document  we  use  the  following  terms:  Barocycler®,  and  PULSE®,  which  are  registered  trademarks  of  the  Company.  We  also  use  the  terms
ProteoSolveTM,  ProteoSolveLRSTM,  the  Power  of  PCTTM,  the  PCT  ShredderTM,  HUB440TM,  HUB880TM,  micro-PestleTM,  PCT-HDTM,  BaroFoldTM,  Ultra  Shear
Technology™, and UST™ all of which are unregistered trademarks of the Company.

Overview

We are a leader in the development and sale of innovative, broadly enabling, pressure-based platform solutions for the worldwide life sciences industry. Our solutions are
based  on  the  unique  properties  of  both  constant  (i.e.,  static)  and  alternating  (i.e.,  pressure  cycling  technology,  or  “PCT”)  hydrostatic  pressure.  PCT  is  a  patented  enabling
technology  platform  that  uses  alternating  cycles  of  hydrostatic  pressure  between  ambient  and  ultra-high  levels  to  safely  and  reproducibly  control  bio-molecular  interactions
(e.g.,  cell  lysis,  biomolecule  extraction).  Our  primary  focus  has  been  in  the  development  of  PCT-based  products  for  biomarker  and  target  discovery,  drug  design  and
development,  biotherapeutics  characterization  and  quality  control,  soil  &  plant  biology,  forensics,  and  counter-bioterror  applications.  Additionally,  major  new  market
opportunities have emerged in the use of our pressure-based technologies in the following areas: (1) the use of our recently acquired, patented technology from BaroFold, Inc.
(the “BaroFold” technology platform) to allow entry into the bio-pharma contract services sector, and (2) the use of our recently-patented, scalable, high-efficiency, pressure-
based  Ultra  Shear  Technology  (“UST”)  platform  to  (i)  create  stable  nanoemulsions  of  otherwise  immiscible  fluids  (e.g.,  oils  and  water)  and  to  (ii)  prepare  higher  quality,
homogenized, extended shelf-life or room temperature stable low-acid liquid foods that cannot be acceptably preserved using existing non-thermal technologies.

On April 29, 2020, we entered into a binding letter of intent to merge with Cannaworx Holdings, Inc. (Cannaworx), and their portfolio of products and intellectual property
(the “Cannaworx LOI” and “Cannaworx merger”). Post-merger, certain Cannaworx products were expected to utilize our proprietary UST platform. Throughout the course of
2020, we entered into four amendments to the Cannaworx LOI, with the last amendment making the LOI mutually non-exclusive and extending the deadline to January 30,
2021 after which it expired. On June 12, 2020, we entered into a one-year Collaboration Agreement with Cannaworx and its parent company, Availa Bio, Inc. on developing
UST applications for prospective use in Cannaworx’s products. All parties remain actively engaged in this collaborative effort.

4

The PCT Platform

a. Description

The instruments, consumables and software used to perform PCT (the “PCT Platform”) use alternating cycles of hydrostatic pressure between ambient and ultra-high levels
to safely and reproducibly control bio-molecular interactions (e.g., critical steps performed by hundreds of thousands of scientists worldwide, such as cell lysis and biomolecule
extraction).  Our  primary  focus  is  in  making  our  recently  released,  GMP-compliant,  next  generation  PCT-based  Barocycler  2320  EXT  instrument  available  globally  to
biopharmaceutical  drug  manufacturers  to  accelerate  biologics  development  by  streamlining  workflows  for  the  design,  development,  characterization  and  quality  control  of
biotherapeutic  drugs.  The  PCT  Platform  is  also  used  in  such  areas  as  biomarker  and  target  discovery,  soil  &  plant  biology,  anti-bioterror,  and  forensics.  We  currently  have
hundreds  of  PCT  instrument  systems  placed  in  approximately  200  academic,  government,  pharmaceutical,  and  biotech  research  laboratories  worldwide.  There  are  over  120
independent publications highlighting the advantages of using the PCT Platform in scientific research studies, many from key opinion leaders worldwide. The PCT Platform is
offered through the Company’s Research Products & Services Group.

We  are  focused  on  solving  the  challenging  problems  inherent  in  biological  sample  preparation,  a  crucial  laboratory  step  performed  by  scientists  worldwide  working  in
biological life sciences research. Sample preparation is a term that refers to a wide range of activities that precede most forms of scientific analysis. Sample preparation is often
complex, time-consuming and, in our belief, one of the most error-prone steps of scientific research. It is a widely-used laboratory undertaking – the requirements of which
drive what we believe is a large and growing worldwide market. We have developed and patented a novel, enabling technology platform that can control the sample preparation
process. It is based on harnessing the unique properties of high hydrostatic pressure. This process, which we refer to as Pressure Cycling Technology, or PCT, uses alternating
cycles  of  hydrostatic  pressure  between  ambient  and  ultra-high  levels  i.e.,  20,000  psi  or  greater  to  safely,  conveniently  and  reproducibly  control  the  actions  of  molecules  in

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
biological samples, such as cells and tissues from human, animal, plant and microbial sources.

PCT  is  an  enabling  platform  technology  based  on  a  physical  process  that  had  not  previously  been  used  to  control  bio-molecular  interactions.  PCT  uses  unique
instrumentation that is capable of cycling pressure between ambient and ultra-high levels at controlled temperatures and specific time intervals, to rapidly and repeatedly control
the  interactions  of  bio-molecules,  such  as  proteins,  DNA,  RNA,  lipids  and  small  molecules.  Our  laboratory  instrument  family,  the  Barocycler®,  and  our  proprietary
consumables  product  line,  which  include  our  unique  MicroTubes,  MicroCaps,  MicroPestles,  and  PULSE®  (Pressure  Used  to  Lyse  Samples  for  Extraction)  Tubes,  and
application specific kits (containing consumable products and reagents), together make up our PCT Sample Preparation System (the “PCT SPS”).

In  2015,  together  with  an  investment  bank,  we  formed  a  subsidiary  called  Pressure  BioSciences  Europe  (“PBI  Europe”)  in  Poland.  We  have  49%  non-controlling
ownership  interest  with  the  investment  bank  retaining  51%.  Throughout  2020,  PBI  Europe  did  not  have  any  operating  activities  and  we  cannot  reasonably  predict  when
operations will commence.

Sample preparation is widely regarded as a significant impediment to research and discovery and sample extraction is generally regarded as one of the key parts of sample
preparation.  The  process  of  preparing  samples  for  genomic,  proteomic,  lipidomic,  and  small  molecule  studies  includes  a  crucial  step  called  sample  extraction  or  sample
disruption. This is the process of extracting biomolecules such as nucleic acid i.e., DNA and/or RNA, as well as proteins, lipids, or small molecules from the plant or animal
cells and tissues that are being studied. The majority of our current sales and marketing efforts are based upon our belief that pressure cycling technology provides a superior
solution for sample extraction when compared to other available technologies or procedures, and thus might significantly improve the quality of sample preparation, and thus
the quality of the test result.

Within the broad field of biological sample preparation, we focus the majority of our PCT and constant pressure (“CP”) product development efforts in three specific areas:
biomarker discovery, precision medicine and forensics. We believe that our existing PCT and CP-based instrumentation and related consumable products fill an important and
growing need in the sample preparation market for the safe, rapid, versatile, reproducible and quality extraction of nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, and small molecules from a
wide variety of plant, animal, and microbiological cells and tissues.

Biomarker Discovery and Precision Medicine

The most commonly used technique worldwide for the preservation of cancer and other tissues for long-term storage and subsequent pathology evaluation is to process
them into formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded (“FFPE”) samples. We believe that the quality and analysis of FFPE tissues is highly problematic, and that PCT offers significant
advantages over current processing methods, including standardization, speed, biomolecule recovery, and safety.

Our customers include researchers at academic laboratories, government agencies, biotechnology companies, pharmaceutical companies and other life science institutions
in the United States, Europe, and Asia. Our goal is to continue aggressive market penetration in these target areas. We also believe that there is a significant opportunity to sell
and/or lease additional Barocycler® instrumentation to additional laboratories at current customer institutions.

If we are successful in commercializing PCT in applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample preparation, and if
we  are  successful  in  our  attempts  to  attract  additional  capital,  our  potential  customer  base  could  expand  to  include  hospitals,  reference  laboratories,  pharmaceutical
manufacturing plants and other sites involved in each specific application. If we are successful in forensics, our potential customers could be forensic laboratories, military and
other government agencies. If we are successful in biomarker discovery and precision medicine - specifically the extraction of biomolecules from FFPE tissues, our potential
customers  could  be  pharmaceutical  companies,  hospitals,  and  laboratories  focused  on  drug  discovery  or  differentiation  of  disease  states,  subtypes  and  susceptibility  to
alternative treatments.

Forensics

The  detection  of  DNA  has  become  a  part  of  the  analysis  of  forensic  samples  by  laboratories  and  criminal  justice  agencies  worldwide  in  their  efforts  to  identify  the
perpetrators of violent crimes and missing persons. Scientists from the University of North Texas and Florida International University have reported improvements in DNA
yield  from  forensic  samples  (e.g.,  bone  and  hair)  when  using  the  PCT  platform  in  the  sample  preparation  process.  We  believe  that  PCT  may  be  capable  of  differentially
extracting DNA from sperm cells and female epithelial cells captured in swabs collected from rape victims and subsequently stored in rape kits. We also believe that there are
many completed rape kits that remain untested for reasons such as cost, time and quality of results. We further believe that the ability to differentially extract DNA from sperm
and not epithelial cells could reduce the cost of such testing, while increasing the quality, safety and speed of the testing process.

5

b. Market

We focus most of our research and development and commercialization efforts on sample preparation and quality control analysis for genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and
small molecule studies. This market is comprised of academic and government research institutions, biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and other public and private
laboratories that are engaged in studying genomic, proteomic and small molecule material within plant and animal cells and tissues. We elected to initially focus our resources in
the market of genomic, proteomic and small molecule sample preparation because we believe it is an area that:

●

●

●

●

●

is a rapidly growing market;

has a large and immediate need for better technology;

is comprised mostly of research laboratories, which are subject to minimal governmental regulation;

is the least technically challenging application for the development of our products;

is compatible with our technical core competency; and

● we currently have strong patent protection.

We believe that our existing PCT and CP-based instrumentation and related consumable products fill an important and growing need in the sample preparation market for

the safe, rapid, versatile, reproducible and quality extraction of nucleic acids, proteins and small molecules from a wide variety of plant and animal cells and tissues.

Biomarker Discovery - Mass Spectrometry

A biomarker is any substance (e.g., protein, DNA) that can be used as an indicator of the presence or absence of a particular disease-state or condition, and/or to predict or
measure the progression and effects of therapy. Biomarkers can help in the diagnosis, prognosis, therapy selection and monitoring, prevention, surveillance, control, and cure of
diseases and medical conditions.

A mass spectrometer is a laboratory instrument used in the analysis of biological samples, often focused on proteins, in life sciences research. It is frequently used to help
discover  biomarkers.  According  to  the  November  2017  published  market  report  by  Markets  and  Markets  “Mass  Spectrometry  Market  by  Application  (Pharmaceuticals,
Biotechnology, Environmental testing), Platform (Single mass spectrometry (Quadrupole, TOF & Ion Trap), Hybrid mass spectrometry (Triple Quadrupole, QTOF & FTMS)) –

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Forecast to 2022, the global mass spectrometry market is expected to grow from USD 3.44 billion in 2016 to USD 5.27 billion by 2022, at a CAGR of 7.4% from 2015 to
2020. We believe PCT and CP-based products offer significant advantages in speed and quality compared with current techniques used in the preparation of samples for mass
spectrometry analysis.

Biomarker Discovery – Precision Medicine

Precision  medicine  is  an  approach  to  patient  care  that  allows  doctors  to  select  treatments  that  are  most  likely  to  help  patients  based  on  a  specific  biomolecular
understanding of their disease. The hope of precision medicine is that treatments will one day be tailored to the unique biomolecular variations specific to each person’s disease.

A significant roadblock in obtaining necessary information to advance precision medicine – specifically in proteogenomics, is sample preparation and the time required
using conventional methods. We believe our PCT workflows address this roadblock by providing a rapid, reproducible means of extracting biomarkers from patient samples in
a clinically relevant timeframe of 2 hours.

Biomarker Discovery – Cancer and Tumor Microenvironment

The  most  commonly  used  technique  worldwide  for  the  preservation  of  cancer  and  other  tissues  for  subsequent  pathology  evaluation  is  formalin-fixation  followed  by
paraffin-embedding, or FFPE. We believe that the quality and analysis of FFPE tissues is highly problematic, and that PCT offers significant advantages over current processing
methods, including standardization, speed, biomolecule recovery, and safety.

Biopharmaceutical Quality Control

A critical step in biopharmaceutical manufacturing processes is quality control, involving characterization of the resulting biotherapeutics via peptide mapping and analysis
of post-translational modifications. Peptide mapping can be used in drug discovery and throughout the manufacturing process for quality control between batches to produce a
unique  ‘fingerprint’  of  an  individual  protein  and  to  compare  this  with  the  theoretical  gene-derived  amino  acid  sequence.  Using  conventional  methods  this  process  can  take
overnight or more. We believe our PCT workflows offer a significant advantage to this process by offering a significant reduction in time and improvement in reproducibility
with  a  GMP  compliant  platform.  Many  protein-based  pharmaceuticals  undergo  specific  enzymatic  and  chemical  modifications  (such  as  glycosylation,  when  specific
carbohydrate moieties, glycans, are attached to the protein core, thus helping them remain active longer in the patient’s bloodstream). Similar to peptide mapping, analysis of
glycans, also critical quality attributes of biologic drugs, requires tedious sample preparation steps that can be significantly accelerated and rendered more reproducible by PCT
workflows.

6

Our customers include researchers at academic laboratories, government agencies, biotechnology companies, pharmaceutical companies and other life science institutions
in  the Americas,  Europe, Asia, Africa  and Australia.  Our  goal  is  to  continue  aggressive  market  penetration  in  these  target  areas.  We  also  believe  that  there  is  a  significant
opportunity to sell and/or lease additional Barocycler® instrumentation to additional laboratories within current customer organizations.

If we are successful in commercializing PCT in applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic sample preparation, and if we are successful in
our attempts to attract additional capital, our potential customer base could expand to include hospitals, reference laboratories, pharmaceutical manufacturing plants and other
sites involved in each specific application.

If we are successful in forensics, our potential customers could be forensic laboratories, military and other government agencies.

If we are successful in precision medicine applications supporting diagnostic and prognostic decisions, including the extraction of biomolecules from FFPE tissues, our
potential  customers  could  be  clinical  laboratories,  pharmaceutical  and  biopharmaceutical  companies,  and  laboratories  focused  on  drug  discovery  or  prediction  of  disease
treatment outcomes.

Sample Extraction Process

The  process  of  preparing  samples  for  genomic,  proteomic  and  small  molecule  studies  includes  a  crucial  step  called  sample  extraction  or  sample  disruption.  This  is  the
process of extracting nucleic acid i.e., DNA and/or RNA, proteins or small molecules from the plant or animal cells and tissues that are being studied. Sample preparation is
widely regarded as a significant impediment to research and discovery and sample extraction is generally regarded as one of the key parts of sample preparation. Our current
commercialization  efforts  are  based  upon  our  belief  that  pressure  cycling  technology  provides  a  superior  solution  to  sample  extraction  compared  with  other  available
technologies or procedures and can thus significantly improve the quality of sample preparation, and thus the quality of the test result.

c. Products

We believe our PCT and CP products allow researchers to improve scientific research studies in the life sciences field. Our products are developed with the expectation of

meeting or exceeding the needs of research scientists while enhancing the safety, speed and quality that is available to them with existing sample preparation methods.

Barocycler® Instrumentation

Our Barocycler® product line consists of laboratory instrumentation that subjects a sample to cycles of pressure from ambient (approximately 14.5 psi) to ultra-high levels

(20,000 psi or greater) and then back to ambient, in a precisely controlled manner.

Our instruments (the Barocycler 2320EXT, the HUB440 and the HUB880) use cycles of high, hydrostatic pressure to quickly and efficiently break up the cellular structures
of a specimen to release proteins, nucleic acids, lipids and small molecules from the specimen into our consumable processing tubes, referred to as our PULSE® Tubes and
MicroTubes.  Our  instruments  have  temperature  control  options  (on-board  heating  via  internal  heating  jacket  or  heating  and  chilling  via  an  external  circulating  water-bath),
automatic  fill  and  dispensing  valves,  and  an  integrated  touchscreen  for  interfacing  with  an  onboard  micro-processor  or  computer.  The  microprocessor,  computer  or  laptop
computer are capable of saving specific PCT protocols, so the researcher can achieve maximum reproducibility for the preparation of nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, or small
molecules from various biological samples. Our Barocycler® instruments, consumable products and application specific kits make up our PCT Sample Preparation System.

Barocycler® 2320EXTREME - The Barocycler® 2320EXT is the flagship of the Company’s Barocycler line of PCT-based instruments. It weighs approximately 80lbs, delivers
a  maximum  pressure  of  45,000  psi,  and  can  process  either  up  to  16  MicroTubes  simultaneously  or  one  PULSE®  Tube.  The  working  temperature  range  is  4  –  95ºC  and  is
controlled via an on-board electric heating jacket or external circulating water bath. All tests are entered and recorded on a touch screen interface. Information from each test
run  (pressure  profile,  cycle  number,  and  temperature)  is  recorded  and  can  be  stored  on  the  instrument,  on  a  USB  drive,  or  networked  into  the  user’s  lab  computer  system.
Pressure  profiles  can  be  manipulated  in  a  number  of  ways,  including  static  high  pressure  holds  and  pressure  ramp  programs.  The  Barocycler®  2320EXT  is  pneumatic  and
requires an input air source of only 100psi to achieve and cycle at high pressure.

The Barocycler® 2320EXT was developed to support the PCT-HD/PCT-SWATH application. PCT-HD enables faster, less cumbersome and higher quality processing of biopsy
tissues. With homogenization, extraction, and digestion of proteins occurring in a single PCT MicroTube under high pressure, this protocol can yield analytical results in under
four hours from the start of tissue processing. PCT-HD was developed by our scientists and engineers in collaboration with Professor Ruedi Aebersold and Dr. Tiannan Guo of
the Institute of Molecular Systems Biology, ETH Zurich, and the University of Zurich, both in Zurich, Switzerland. Drs. Aebersold and Guo combined PCT-HD with SCIEX’s
SWATH-Mass Spectrometry – calling the resulting method “PCT-SWATH”.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7

Barocycler®  HUB440  –We  believe  the  Barocycler®  HUB440  is  the  first  portable,  ready  to  use,  “plug-and-play”  high  pressure  generator  for  the  laboratory  bench.  The
Barocycler® HUB440 is capable of creating and controlling hydrostatic pressure from 500 psi to 58,000 psi and is designed for easy and flexible interfacing with a wide variety
of user-specified pressure vessels. It is computer controlled and runs on software that was developed by us to allow data logging and sophisticated algorithms for controlling
pressure and temperature. We own the rights and have a license to use the specialty LabVIEW software. We believe that over the coming years, the Barocycler® HUB440 may
become one of the main products in our pressure-based instrument line.

Barocycler® HUB880 - The Barocycler® HUB880 is a compact, portable, bench-top, ultra-high pressure generator with vessel interface flexibility similar to the HUB440, that
uses an air pressure-to-liquid pressure intensifier allowing the user to generate fluid pressure as high as 90,000 psi with input air pressure of just 126 psi. The HUB880 can be
operated through a simple front panel or controlled using an optional external Data Acquisition and Control Module for dynamic pressure control. We believe that the HUB880
will be well accepted by scientists that need to achieve super high pressure, such as those working in the life science research, food safety and vaccine industries.

The Shredder SG3 –The Shredder SG3 is a low shear mechanical homogenization system for use with tough, fibrous and other difficult-to-disrupt tissues and organisms. The
Shredder SG3 System uses a variety of Shredder PULSE® Tubes to directly and rapidly grind a biological sample which, when combined with selected buffers, can provide
effective extraction of proteins, DNA, RNA, lipids and small molecules from tissues and organisms. The Shredder SG3 is also used to isolate intact and functional mitochondria
from tissues. The Shredder SG3 features a three-position force setting lever, which enables the operator to select and apply reproducible force to the sample during the shredding
process and eliminates the need for the operator to exert force for long periods when processing one or more samples.

8

Barocycler® Consumable Products

PCT  MicroTubes  –  PCT  MicroTubes  are  made  from  a  unique  fluoropolymer,  fluorinated  ethylene  propylene  (FEP).  FEP  is  highly  inert  and  retains  its  integrity  within  an
extremely wide temperature range (-200°C to 100°C), while providing important limited flexibility behavior for PCT applications. MicroTubes hold a maximum total volume of
150 microliters. PCT MicroTubes must be used with either PCT-MicroCaps or PCT-MicroPestles.

PCT-MicroCaps – PCT MicroCaps are made from polytetraflouroethylene (PTFE). The PCT MicroCaps are available in three sizes to accommodate total sample volume: 50,
100 and 150uL. 50uL MicroCaps are used with samples ≤50uL, 100uL MicroCaps are used with samples between 50-100uL, and 150uL MicroCaps are used with samples
between 100-150uL.

PCT-Micro Pestle - PCT μPestles are made from polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a synthetic fluoropolymer of tetrafluoroethylene, also known as Teflon (by DuPont Co). PTFE
is  practically  inert;  the  only  chemicals  known  to  affect  it  are  certain  alkali  metals  and  most  highly  reactive  fluorinating  agents.  PCT  μPestles,  in  conjunction  with  PCT
MicroTubes, are designed to enhance the extraction of proteins, lipids, DNA, RNA and small molecules from minute amounts (0.5 – 3.0 mg) of solid tissue in extraction reagent
volumes as low as 20-30 μL. PCT MicroTubes and PCT μPestles use PCT to effectively disrupt soft tissues and lyse their cells. As a result, the tissue sample trapped between
the MicroTube walls and the μPestles shaft is crushed on every pressure cycle. This mechanical action, combined with the extraction ability of the buffer under high pressure,
results in highly effective tissue homogenization and extraction.

PCT μPestles and PCT MicroTubes, together with a PBI Barocycler®, comprise the PCT Micro-Pestle System, which provides a fast, safe, and efficient means of extraction
from extremely small amounts of solid samples such as soft tissue biopsies. The PCT μPestle System can be used in any PBI Barocycler®.

We believe our development of these various consumable products has helped, and will continue to help, drive the adoption of PCT within the life sciences market.

d. Customers

Our  customers  include  researchers  at  academic  laboratories,  government  agencies,  biotechnology  companies,  pharmaceutical  firms,  and  other  life  science  institutions
throughout the Americas, Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia. Our goal is to continue aggressive market penetration to target groups in these geographical areas. We also believe
that there is a significant opportunity to sell and/or lease additional Barocycler® instrumentation to additional laboratories within current customer organizations.

If we are successful in commercializing PCT in applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample preparation, and if

we are successful in our attempts to attract additional capital, our potential customer base could expand to include:

● Hospitals
● Reference laboratories
● Government laboratories (e.g., FDA, USDA, NIH, FBI, and police)
●
●

Pharmaceutical/biotech/diagnostic companies
Laboratories focused on drug discovery, cancer research, and precision medicine

9

e. Competition

We  compete  with  companies  that  have  existing  technologies  for  the  extraction  of  nucleic  acids,  proteins,  lipids,  and  small  molecules  from  cells  and  tissues,  including
methods such as mortar and pestle grinding, sonication, rotor-stator homogenization, French Press, bead beating, freezer milling, enzymatic digestion, and chemical dissolution.
We  believe  that  there  are  a  number  of  significant  issues  related  to  the  use  of  these  methods,  including:  complexity,  sample  containment,  cross-contamination,  shearing  of
biomolecules of interest, limited applicability to different sample types, ease-of-use, reproducibility, and cost. We believe that our PCT Sample Preparation System offers a
number of significant advantages over these methods, including:

●

●

●

●

labor reduction

temperature control

precision

reproducibility

●

●

●

●

versatility

efficiency

simplicity

safety

To be competitive in the industry, we believe we must be able to clearly and conclusively demonstrate to potential customers that our products provide these improved
performance capabilities. We strongly believe that our PCT Sample Preparation System is a novel and enabling system for genomic, proteomic, and small molecule sample

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
preparation. As such, many users of current manual techniques will need to be willing to challenge their existing methods of sample preparation and invest time to evaluate a
method that could change their overall workflow in the sample preparation process, prior to adopting our technology.

Further, we are aware that the cost of the PCT Sample Preparation System may be greater than the cost of many of the other methods currently employed. Consequently,
we are focusing our sales efforts on those product attributes that we believe will be most important and appealing to potential customers; namely versatility, reproducibility,
quality, and safety.

f. Manufacturing and Supply

We utilize a contract assembler for our Barocycler® 2320EXT. They provide us with precision manufacturing services that include management support services to meet

our specific application and operational requirements. Among the services provided to us are:

● CNC Machining

● Contract Assembly & Kitting

● Component and Subassembly Design

●

●

Inventory Management

ISO certification

At this time, we believe that outsourcing contract assembly of our Barocycler® 2320EXT is the most cost-effective method for us to obtain ISO Certified, CE and CSA

Marked instruments.

We currently manufacture and assemble the Barocycler® HUB440, HUB880, the SHREDDER SG3, and most of our consumables at our South Easton, MA facility. We
will  regularly  reassess  the  tradeoffs  between  in-house  assembly  versus  the  benefits  of  outsourced  relationships  for  of  the  entire  Barocycler®  product  line,  and  future
instruments. 

10

g. Research and Development

Our research and development activities are split into two functional areas: Applications Development and Engineering.

1. Applications Development R&D: Our highly educated and trained staff has years of experience in molecular and cellular biology,  virology, and proteomics. Our team of
scientists focuses on the development and continued improvement of the PCT Sample Preparation System and on PCT-dependent genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and
small molecule sample preparation applications. Dr. Alexander  Lazarev, our Chief Science Officer, meets regularly with our sales, marketing, and engineering staff to
discuss market needs and trends. Our applications research and development team is responsible for the technical review of all scientific collaborations, for the support of
our marketing and sales departments through the generation of internal data in a number of areas of market interest, and in the development of commercially-viable PCT-
dependent products.

2. Engineering R&D: Our engineering research and development team is focused on the design and development of new and improved instrumentation and consumable
products to support the commercialization of PCT. Our engineering department is led by Dr. Edmund Ting, our Senior Vice President of Engineering. The primary focus
of  our  engineering  group  is  to  develop  and  continually  improve  our line  of  PCT-based  instruments  and  consumables,  ensure  seamless  production  processes,  help
perform installations and field service, and work with our application scientists to enhance our PCT-based systems for the mass spectrometry and other markets.

Collaboration Program

Our  Collaboration  Program  is  an  important  element  of  our  business  strategy.  Initiating  a  collaboration  with  a  researcher  involves  the  installation  of  a  Barocycler®
instrument  for  an  agreed  upon  period  of  time  of  approximately  three  to  twelve  months,  a  financial  commitment  that  is  beneficial  to  both  the  collaborator  and  PBI,  and  the
execution of an agreed upon work plan. Our primary objectives for entering into a collaboration agreement include:

●

●

●

the development of a new application for PCT and CP in sample preparation;

the advancement and validation of our understanding of PCT and CP within an area of life sciences in which we already offer products;

the demonstration of the effectiveness of PCT and CP by specific research scientists, particularly Key Opinion Leaders (“KOLs”), who we believe can have a positive
impact on market acceptance of PCT; and

●

the expectation of peer-reviewed publications and/or presentations at scientific meetings by a third party, especially a KOL, on the merits of PCT and CP.

Since we initiated our collaboration program, third party researchers have cited the use of our PCT platform in multiple publications and presentations. We believe that this
program has provided and continues to provide us with independent and objective data about PCT from well-respected laboratories in the United States and throughout the rest
of the world. We believe this program has been responsible for the sale of multiple Barocycler instruments over the past few years and will continue to help to increase the sales
of instrument systems in the future.

Active Collaborations:

a. RedShiftBio Inc.
b. Thomas Conrads, Inova Schar Cancer Center
c. Christine Vogel, NYU
d. Leica Microsystems, GmbH
e. Dr. Michael Przybylksi, Steinbeis Centre for Biopolymer Analysis and Biological Mass Spectrometry
f. Dr.V.M. Balasubramaniam, The Ohio State University
g. University of Delaware
h. Dr. Jennifer Van Eyk, Cedars Sinai Medical Center

11

Other Fields of Use and Applications for PCT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our research and development efforts have shown that, in addition to genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample preparation, PCT is potentially beneficial
in  a  number  of  other  areas  of  the  life  sciences,  including  pathogen  inactivation,  protein  purification,  control  of  chemical  (particularly  enzymatic)  reactions,  and
immunodiagnostics. Other applications in the sample preparation market include forensics and histology, as discussed above. Our pursuit of these markets, however, depends on
a number of factors, including our success in commercializing PCT in the area of sample preparation, our judgment regarding the investment required to be successful in these
areas, the value of these markets to PBI, and the availability of sufficient financial resources. Below is a brief explanation of each of these additional potential applications and a
short description of why we believe PCT can be used to improve scientific studies in these areas.

Protein Purification

Many vaccines and drugs are comprised of proteins. These proteins need to be purified from complex mixtures as part of the manufacturing process. Current purification
techniques often result in the loss of a significant amount of the protein. Therefore, any method that could increase the amount of protein being recovered in the purification step,
could subsequently lead to a reduction in cost to the manufacturer. We believe we have successfully generated proof-of-concept that PCT can satisfy this need. We believe that
compared with current purification procedures, a process that uses PCT has the potential to increase protein recovery, increase the quality of the product, and lower production
costs. We have been issued U.S. patents in this area.

Pathogen Inactivation

Biological products intended for human use, such as blood, vaccines and drugs, are put through rigorous processing protocols in an effort to minimize the potential of that
product to transmit disease. These protocols may include methods to remove infectious materials such as pre-processing testing, filtration or chromatography, or methods to
inactivate infectious agents that are not captured in the removal steps such as pasteurization, irradiation and solvent detergent inactivation. Notwithstanding current diligence in
both the removal and inactivation steps, significant concern remains that some pathogens (e.g., bacteria, viruses, spores) capable of transmitting infection to recipients may not
be removed or inactivated with current procedures. In addition, some removal and inactivation methods may not be useful because of cost, safety, ease-of-use or other practical
concerns. To that end, we believe that a superior inactivation method is needed that can safely, rapidly and inexpensively inactivate pathogens in blood, vaccines and drugs
without the need for chemical or other potentially toxic additives. We have successfully generated proof-of-concept that PCT can satisfy this need. We believe that compared
with current procedures, a process that uses PCT has the potential to increase safety and yield, lower cost and decrease the potential side effects of current methods. We have
been issued U.S. patents for this PCT-dependent inactivation technology.

Control of Chemical (Particularly Enzymatic) Reactions

Chemical reactions encompass many important interactions in nature. Methods used to control chemical reactions could have a positive effect on the quality, speed, and
overall result of the reaction. The control and detection of chemical reactions is particularly useful in the biotechnology field for synthesizing and characterizing such molecules
as  nucleic  acids  and  polypeptides.  We  believe  that  PCT  offers  distinct  advantages  in  controlling  chemical  reactions  over  current  methods,  since  PCT  can  provide  precise,
automated control over the timing and synchronization of chemical reactions, particularly enzymatic reactions. We have been issued U.S patents in this area.

12

Immunodiagnostics

Many  tests  used  in  the  clinical  laboratory  today  are  based  on  the  formation  of  a  complex  between  two  proteins,  such  as  an  antigen  and  an  antibody.  Such
“immunodiagnostic” methods are used for the detection of infectious agents such as the human immunodeficiency virus (“HIV”), hepatitis viruses, West Nile virus, and others,
as well as for endocrine, drug testing and cancer diagnostics. We have generated proof-of-concept that PCT may be used to control biomolecular interactions between proteins,
such as antigens and antibodies. We believe this capability may provide a greater degree of sensitivity and quantitative accuracy in immunodiagnostic testing than that offered
by methods that are available today. We have been issued U.S. patents in this area.

Extended Service Contracts

We  offer  extended  service  contracts  on  our  laboratory  instrumentation  to  all  of  our  customers.  These  service  contracts  allow  a  customer  who  purchases  a  Barocycler®
instrument  to  receive  on-site  scheduled  preventative  maintenance,  on-site  repair  and  replacement  of  all  worn  or  defective  component  parts,  and  telephone  support,  all  at  no
incremental cost for the life of the service contract. We offer one-year and four-year extended service contracts to customers who purchase Barocycler® instruments.

The BaroFold Platform

a. Description

The need for the efficient production of recombinant protein biopharmaceuticals has grown rapidly and demand for them will continue to grow as a result of their high
specificity  and  efficacy.  Protein  drugs  are  being  manufactured  in  a  variety  of  host  organisms.  With  the  rapid  growth  in  biosimilars  (less  expensive  versions  of  popular
biopharmaceuticals that are manufactured and marketed after the expiration of the original patents), expression in bacteria is beginning to play a major role in this industry,
particularly when the biological activity of the protein product is not dependent on post-translational modifications. Overexpression of proteins in bacteria often results in the
accumulation of the protein product in inactive insoluble deposits inside the cells, called inclusion bodies. Inclusion bodies protect the protein of interest from degradation and
present a simple and convenient ways to extract and purify it. Moreover, if the protein of interest is toxic or lethal to the host cell, then inclusion body expression may be the
only available production method. However, the challenge of protein production in bacterial systems most often lies in conversion of inactive and misfolded proteins in the
inclusion bodies into soluble, properly folded bioactive products. This conversion process is called protein refolding. Traditional methods of protein refolding rely on using high
concentrations of chemical denaturants and detergents to unfold misshapen proteins, disentangle inactive aggregated proteins and to dissolve them, followed by up to 100-fold
dilution or dialysis to remove interfering chemicals and then letting the proteins refold into their desired active forms. Since chemically-driven unfolding is harsh, it tends to
destroy most protein structure, some of which could be beneficial for subsequent refolding. Moreover, dilution- or dialysis-based methods take a long time and produce very
low  yields  of  refolded  protein,  while  most  of  the  unfolded  protein  material  tends  to  get  lost  into  irreversible  aggregation.  Overall,  traditional  refolding  methods  are  usually
inefficient,  include  multiple  costly  steps  and  have  very  low  recovery  yields.  Pressure-mediated  disaggregation  and  unfolding  and  refolding  of  proteins  offers  an  attractive
pathway  for  achieving  much  higher  yields  of  correctly  folded  proteins  with  desired  efficaciousness,  produced  at  much  lower  cost,  versus  traditional  chemically  driven
methodologies.

Acquisition of BaroFold’s PreEMT™ high-pressure protein refolding technology in December 2017

Our acquisition of the assets of BaroFold, Inc.  have  significantly  increased  PBI’s  intellectual  property  portfolio  in  high-pressure  technologies  with  the  addition  of  eight
issued and several pending patents. These patents give PBI the ability to operate in several important areas for biologics research and manufacturing: protein folding, re-folding
and  disaggregation.  The  patents  also  provide  PBI  the  right  to  grant  licenses  to  third  parties  to  practice  the  BaroFold  technology  in  both  research  laboratories  and  in
biopharmaceutical manufacturing.

Biopharmaceutical  products  are  typically  large-molecule  protein  therapeutics  produced  via  complex  biological  manufacturing  processes  that  can  result  in  undesirable
protein  misfolding  and  aggregation  outcomes.  Misfolded  or  aggregated  proteins  typically  lack  therapeutic  activity  and  can  present  health  risks  to  patients,  requiring  robust
remediation within pharmaceutical manufacturing processes. The Barofold technology improves the quality of manufacturing, decreases manufacturing costs (as much as $2-
10M/year per commercial biologic drug), and facilitates achievement of proper activity from difficult-to-manufacture proteins.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barofold technology utilizes high pressure instead of, or in synergy with, chemical denaturants, offering significantly milder conditions for unfolding and disaggregation of
proteins in inclusion bodies. As a result, subsequent refolding can be carried out faster, more efficiently, and in much smaller volumes. Pressure-based unfolding of proteins in
inclusion  bodies  tends  to  only  partially  unfold  the  protein  and  preserve  some  beneficial  structures  that  could  help  to  guide  the  refolding  process  into  the  desired  outcomes.
Consequently, higher yields of active protein and faster manufacturing turn-around further lower the cost of biopharmaceutical production. Moreover, lower requirements for
harsh chemical reagents in high pressure refolding process result in decrease or elimination of associated hazardous waste generated from chemical removal processes, leading
to further cost reduction and protection of the environment.

The  instruments,  consumables  and  software  used  to  practice  the  BaroFold  technology  (the  “BaroFold  Platform”)  can  be  used  to  significantly  lower  the  cost,  boost
production yield, and improve the quality of protein therapeutics. It employs high pressure for the disaggregation and controlled refolding of proteins to their native structures at
yields and efficiencies not achievable using existing technologies. The BaroFold Platform has been shown to remove protein aggregates in biotherapeutic drug manufacturing,
thereby improving product efficacy and safety for both new-drug entities and biosimilar products. The BaroFold Platform can help companies create novel protein therapeutics,
accelerate  therapeutic  protein  development,  manufacture  follow-on  biologics,  and  significantly  optimize  life-cycle  management  of  protein  therapeutics.  It  is  scalable  and
practical  for  standard  manufacturing  processes.  This  unique  technology  platform  can  help  protein-based  biopharmaceutical  companies  create  and  manufacture  high  quality,
novel protein therapeutics and lower the cost of existing formulations. Research and manufacturing licenses are available.

13

b. Market

The global biopharmaceuticals market was valued at $237 billion in 2018 and is estimated to be valued at $389 billion in 2024, witnessing a CAGR of 8.59%. The market
growth is attributed to the growing acceptance for biopharmaceuticals due to their ability to treat previously untreatable or poorly managed diseases, resulting in huge market
demand for biopharmaceuticals.

We believe that biopharmaceuticals offer several benefits, such as highly effective and potent action, fewer side effects, and the potential to actually cure diseases rather

than merely treat the symptoms, which have significantly increased the demand for biopharmaceutical products.

The predominant majority of biopharmaceutical products are recombinant proteins. Typical examples of such proteins are vaccines, monoclonal antibodies (MAbs), growth
factors (such as Erythropoietin), hormones (such as insulin or HGH), receptor ligands, recombinant enzymes (Caspase, Cathepsin, etc.), blood factors and other therapeutic and
research reagent proteins. Recombinant protein production can be done in bacteria or in cell cultures derived from higher organisms. Due to significant time and cost savings,
attention to protein production in bacterial hosts has recently spiked, predominantly driven by rapid growth of biosimilars, antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs) and fusion proteins
that are lethal to non-bacterial host cells. A major area of challenge in the biopharmaceuticals industry results from suboptimal folding configurations and/or agglomeration of
proteins during production and storage, requiring subsequent remediation via unfolding and controlled refolding of these therapeutic proteins into their optimal configurations.
Following initial penetration and acceleration through conversion of market share from traditional chemical methods, the growth of the protein refolding business is expected to
follow the growth trajectory of the entire biopharmaceutical market.

Our  Barofold  platform  technology  has  been  shown  not  only  to  save  manufacturing  costs  and  time,  but  to  boost  protein  yield  and  minimize  protein  immunogenicity,

resulting in greater efficacy and safety for the patient.

Moreover,  PBI’s  Barocycler  line  of  products  can  also  be  utilized  in  accelerated  protein  stability  testing  to  guide  biopharmaceutical  formulation  development.  PBI  has
initiated several collaborations, including a co-marketing agreement with RedShift BioAnalytics, Inc., and a research collaboration with the University of Delaware (see the
Research and Development section below).

c. Products

Instruments: Barocycler 2320 EXT - a convenient screening tool for protein refolding optimization

Originally  developed  within  the  framework  of  our  PCT  platform  business  as  a  tool  for  biological  sample  preparation  (as  described  above),  our  Barocycler  2320EXT
instrument features a “ramp mode” in its control software that makes it ultimately suitable for performing research-scale experiments for protein refolding and disaggregation
on  a  laboratory  bench  scale.  Each  protein  molecule  is  biochemically  unique  and,  while  pressure  is  highly  efficient  in  solubilization  of  practically  any  misfolded  protein
contained within inclusion bodies, a unique chemical environment may be required to persuade each unfolded protein molecule to refold into a stable biologically active state.
Therefore,  development  of  protein  refolding  methods  requires  screening  experiments  necessary  to  determine  the  most  optimal  composition  of  the  chemical  milieu  for  each
protein of interest.  The  Barocycler  2320EXT  is  ideally  suited  for  such  experiments,  providing  researchers  with  abilities  to  process  up  to  12  specimens  per  batch  in  varying
chemical environments. We believe that availability of this affordable screening tool will promote adoption of the high-pressure refolding approach among biopharmaceutical
process  development  teams  and  academic  researchers  involved  in  development  of  protein  biopharmaceuticals.  The  same  instrument  is  also  uniquely  suited  for  studies  of
thermodynamics of protein aggregation and accelerated protein stability tests.

BaroFold Contract Services

Our BaroFold contract services can be used to significantly impact and improve the quality of large-molecule protein biotherapeutics. These services employ high pressure
manipulations for the disaggregation and unfolding of proteins to their native structural states and then controlled refolding of the proteins to the desired therapeutically active
state, at yields and efficiencies not achievable using existing technologies. The Barofold Platform has been shown to eliminate protein aggregation during biotherapeutic drug
manufacturing and storage, thereby improving product yield, efficacy and safety for both new-drug entities and biosimilar products. The Barofold platform can help companies
create novel protein therapeutics, accelerate therapeutic protein development, manufacture follow-on biologics, and enable life-cycle management of protein therapeutics. It is
scalable and practical for standard manufacturing processes. This unique technology platform can help protein-based biopharmaceutical companies create and manufacture high
quality, novel protein therapeutics and lower the cost of existing formulations. Research and manufacturing licenses are available.

d. Customers (examples only, not current customers for confidentiality reasons)

Biopharmaceutical companies (Roche, Novartis A.G., Sanofi, Biogen-Idec, Abbvie, Inc., Amgen, Takeda, Pfizer, Merck & Co., etc.)
Biosimilars companies (Teva, Sandoz, Hospira, Mylan, Allergan, Biocon, Momenta., etc.)
Biopharmaceutical Contract Development and Manufacturing Organizations (Boehringer-Ingelheim, Lonza, Samsung Biologics, Catalent Pharma Solutions, Thermo Fisher
Scientific, Fujifilm, etc.)
Life science research reagent manufacturers (Thermo Scientific, GE Healthcare, Danaher Corporation, Millipore-Sigma, Bio-Techne R&D Systems, etc.)
Academic  research  laboratories involved  in  development  of  protein  pharmaceuticals,  expression  of  recombinant  proteins,  protein  structure  analysis  and  biophysical
characterization.

e. Competition

Over two decades, Barofold, Inc. built an intellectual property portfolio centered around the  use  of  hydrostatic  pressure  for  protein  refolding  and  disaggregation.  Following
Barofold’s acquisition by PBI in 2017, this portfolio, combined with the PBI patents in adjacent areas, puts PBI in a unique position worldwide to commercialize, practice and
license out the right to practice high pressure protein refolding, disaggregation and accelerated stability testing. There is no direct competition to PBI that is using high pressure
for these applications. Competing traditional approaches use chemicals for refolding and appear inferior in many aspects, as described above.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14

f. Manufacturing and Supply

Manufacturing of the Barocycler 2320EXT has been covered above, since this instrument shares its utility with applications of PCT technology platform. The PCT MicroTube
consumable line is also shared between these two application areas.

PBI currently develops GMP-compliant, pilot-scale, high-pressure systems for processing of protein batches up to 10L in volume at pressure up to 60,000 psi.

In order to provide access for our customers to manufacturing scale high pressure equipment, PBI is currently in negotiations with several HPP (High Pressure Processing)
equipment vendors supplying large pressure systems to food manufacturers. Upon successful feasibility studies conducted by customers themselves, or within the framework of
Barofold Contract Services, PBI will act as a contractor to assist protein refolding customers in scaling up the process and identifying, procuring and validating appropriate
large-scale equipment for high pressure protein refolding.

g. Research and Development

The PBI team has gained access to a significant body of research data through acquisition of the assets of Barofold, Inc. Barofold has spent over two decades perfecting high-
pressure protein refolding applications and produced many publications and patents (see below). Our team’s experience in high pressure refolding is being used in Contract
Service work currently offered by PBI to our biopharmaceutical customers, as described above. As an equipment vendor, PBI has a goal of taking advantage of these R&D
instrument  assets  and  turning  a  benchtop  high  pressure  protein  refolding  solution  into  a  convenient,  popular  and  easily  accessible  workflow  for  thousands  of  laboratories
worldwide. As the knowledge about this method spreads and feasibility of great economic impact of utilizing this approach at a production scale is demonstrated, PBI plans to
license high pressure refolding methods to its biopharmaceutical customers.

Additionally, several new applications of high pressure in biopharmaceutical development are stemming from a combined Barofold and PBI intellectual property portfolio. One
of these highly promising applications, namely, pressure-assisted accelerated protein stability testing, is currently being developed by PBI’s R&D team in collaboration with the
Center for Biomanufacturing Science and Technology of the University of Delaware, headed by Professor Christopher J. Roberts. Many protein biopharmaceuticals must be
kept in solution. Any physical factors such as exposure to temperature fluctuations in storage and shipment, mechanical vibration, exposure to light, etc., could promote protein
aggregation, if the biotherapeutic protein is stored in a suboptimal chemical environment. Protein aggregates tend to be highly immunogenic, i.e., causing a patient’s immune
system to recognize protein drug as a foreign object and destroy it, leading to undesired inflammatory response and counteracting the desired therapeutic effect. Each protein
drug may require optimization of its chemical environment (formulations development) to guarantee maximal stability and shelf life. Meanwhile, high pressure is a convenient
tool  for  controlled  protein  unfolding.  Partially  unfolded  proteins  tend  to  aggregate  more  rapidly.  Brief  exposure  of  the  protein  drug  in  a  specific  formulation  to  a  “pressure
shock” can be used to promote aggregation, allowing researchers to screen for best formulations that prevent drug aggregation in a matter of only a few days. Conventional
approaches for accelerated stability testing utilize exposure to high temperature. Since thermal effects on proteins are stochastic (i.e., random), there is little chance that every
protein molecule will follow the same fate after thermal shock. Pressure exerts its effect on all protein molecules of the same type/conformation in exactly the same manner,
making  the  pressure  shock  more  effective  in  such  studies.  Our  collaborative  research  program  with  Professor  Roberts’s  team  is  directed  towards  development  of  validated
workflows for high pressure accelerated stability testing.

15

The UST Platform

a. Description

The UST Platform is based on the use of intense shear forces generated from ultra-high pressure (greater than 20,000 psi) discharged through a controlled nanometer-scale
valve orifice. UST has been shown to turn hydrophobic extracts into stable, effectively water-soluble formulations on a small, laboratory scale. The UST Platform offers the
potential to produce stable nanoemulsions of oil-like products in water. Such formulations could potentially have enormous success in many markets, including pharmaceuticals,
nutraceuticals (such as medically important plant oil extracts like CBD-enriched plant oil soluble in water), cosmetic and personal care products, liquid foods and beverages,
agrochemicals, as well as inks, paints, lubricants and other industrial products. We believe that UST has the potential to play a significant role in a number of commercially
important areas, including (i) the creation of stable nanoemulsions of otherwise immiscible fluids (e.g., oils and water), and (ii) the preparation of higher quality, homogenized,
extended shelf-life or room temperature stable low-acid liquid foods that cannot be effectively preserved using existing non-thermal technologies, e.g., dairy products.

UST  is  an  emerging  technology  that  combines  intense  fluid  shear  with  an  instant,  short-lived  burst  of  heat  achieved  by  specialized  high-pressure  equipment  that  can
produce  commercially  sterile,  pumpable,  homogeneous  fluid  products.  The  UST  process  can  provide  energetic  cellular  disruption  that  results  in  the  inactivation  of  bacteria,
bacterial spores, viruses, and enzymes. Depending on operating conditions, low nano-scale emulsions (nanoemulsions)  of  oil  and  water  mixtures  can  be  produced  that  have
been shown to have improved room-temperature shelf stability, and superior sensory profiles (taste, smell, texture and appearance). Of particular importance, oil-based active
components delivered in such extreme nano-emulsions in water facilitates greatly improved absorption and bioavailability in the water-based biochemistry of humans, animals
and plants, allowing for much lower loading quantities of actives required in manufacture, while ensuring safer and more controlled effective dosing.

The  Company  has  received  its  first  US  patent  and  two  patents  in  China  on  UST,  focused  on  a  low  cost,  scalable  approach  for  product  manufacturing.  The  Company
believes this method can find use in various nanoemulsion applications for pharmaceutical (e.g., drug delivery), biotechnology (e.g., protein recovery, biomolecule extraction),
and food (e.g., shelf-stable “clean label” products). We plan to design, develop, manufacture, and market a lab-scale UST-based production instrument that we will license to the
life sciences and other industries. We also plan to develop a pilot plant scale UST-based production instrument for larger-scale production demonstrations, in our expectation to
license the technology with larger manufacturing scale equipment to food, cosmetics, nutraceuticals, and other companies worldwide.

16

b. Market

In 20I9, we have focused efforts on developing and demonstrating the UST protocol and seeding early adopters, which would provide insights into market, formulation,
product  development,  and  ultimately  end  product  requirements.  Our  initial  market  focus  has  been  on  cannabis  extracts,  as  this  market’s  unmet  needs  for  nanoemulsions
solutions offer high visibility and ready access to funding, versus many other important target markets, such as Cosmetics, Food and Beverage, Nutraceutical, Pharmaceutical,
and  Industrial  fluids  and  lubricants.  In  2020,  we  refined  the  Ultra  Shear  Technology™  K45  instrument  allowing  us  to  run  samples  for  multiple  potential  customers,  which
demonstrated  the  goal  of  producing  room  temperature  stable,  transparent  nanoemulsions.  (Transparency  is  achieved  when  nanoemulsion  droplet  sizes  are  smaller  than  the
wavelength of visible light – an important indicator of achievement of extremely low-scale nanoemulsions.) We secured orders from companies for 15 units, which is the target
number for our first production run. We also moved forward in the development of the BaroShear Mini: bench-top, laboratory-based instrument for research, formulation, and
small  volume  processing;  and  the  BaroShear  Max;  high-volume,  industrial-scale,  clean-in-place  (CIP),  production  instrument.  In  2021,  we  plan  to  commercialize  both  the
standard K45 and BaroShear Mini, as well as continue the development of the BaroShear Max.

c. Products

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The BaroShear Ultra Shear Technology platform development portfolio is currently comprised of three models for use in research, formulation, and processing of oil and water
nanoemulsions.

○

○

○

BaroShear Mini – bench-top instrument to be used for research, formulation, and small volume processing where budget is a concern. Throughput of 1mL / minute

BaroShear K45 – pilot scale, floor standing instrument for throughput of at least 1L / hour.

BaroShear Max – floor standing, fully automated, CIP industrial production system for throughput up to 1L / minute.

d. Customers

Cannabis  extracts,  cosmetic  &  personal  care  products,  liquid  foods  &  beverages,  nutraceuticals,  pharmaceuticals,  agrochemicals,  inks,  paints,  lubricants  and  other  industrial
products, and researchers and processors interested in developing stable, water-soluble nanoemulsions for any application.

e. Competition - High Pressure

○
○
○
○
○

Avestin / ATA Scientific – Australia
Bee Int’l, Easton, MA – USA
DyHydromatics, Maynard, MA - USA
ELVEFLOW an Elvesys brand, Paris, FRANCE
Microfluidics an IDEX Corp Company, Westwood, MA – USA

f. Manufacturing and Supply

PBI’s  current  strategy  is  to  have  the  development  handled  by  PBI’s  development  and  engineering  team,  with  manufacturing  to  be  outsourced  to  a  Contract  Manufacturing
Organization (CMO). Aftermarket service and support will initially be handled by PBI’s service and repair staff. As unit placements grow, we will investigate expansion of
PBI’s service and support organization or augment it with external partners.

17

g. Research and Development

PBI’s UST engineering team is developing a product portfolio consisting of three model instruments with the following research & formulation, pre-production and production
models scheduled for launch as follows:

BaroShear K45 mini – bench-top instrument, Q2 2021

BaroShear K45 – floor standing model, Q4 2021

BaroShear  Max  –  floor  standing,  fully  automated,  CIP  equipment,  prototype  delivery  to  Ohio  State  University  –  Q2  2020.  Commercial  release  planned  for  late  2021/2022
timeframe.

Other

a. Sales and Marketing

Our marketing and sales functions are led by Richard T. Schumacher, our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Schumacher oversees and directs all marketing and sales activities,
including  trade  show  attendance  and  sponsorship,  on-line  advertising,  website  maintenance  and  improvement,  search  engine  optimization,  creation  and  dissemination  of
newsletters,  market  research  initiatives,  the  arrangement  of  on-location  seminars,  lectures,  and  demonstrations  of  instrumentation  and  consumables  capabilities,  and  the
supervision of our sales and marketing personnel. Mr. Schumacher is also responsible for the overall coordination of our collaboration programs, from initial set-up, research
plan design, and training, service, and data analysis. Some of these responsibilities are shared with other departments such as Research and Development, but marketing and
sales drives the collaborative process. Mr. Schumacher is also responsible for the continued coordination and support of our foreign distribution partners.

Our sales and marketing efforts are centered on using the independent data developed and disseminated by our collaboration partners to help drive the installed base of our
PCT Sample Preparation System, BaroFold services, and BaroShear UST platform. The development of scientific data by our partners and our internal researchers provides our
sales and marketing staff with additional tools that are essential in selling existing and newly developed paradigm-shifting, high value technologies and services.

Our domestic PCT sales force currently consists of one sales director and one field salesperson. Our sales director is currently responsible for servicing the U.S., excluding

New England, as well as all CBD-related UST customers and our field salesperson handles New England and the international distributors.

Our domestic BaroShear UST sales efforts in the non-CBD market is handled by both the sales director and the field salesperson. We believe that partnering with seasoned,
capable equipment distribution partners in the cannabis and other laboratory / process markets will drive lead generation and purchase orders faster than if we were to build our
own sales force.

18

b. Marketing Strategy

We recognize that our enabling PCT, BaroFold, and UST pressure platforms are powerful, novel platform technologies. We also recognize that the power of pressure in
today’s laboratories is not yet generally known by researchers. Our first goal is to greatly broaden the awareness of pressure and its applications among research scientists and
to  ensure  they  know  that  these  technologies  exist  through  our  high-pressure  instruments,  requisite  consumables,  and  unique  services.  To  accomplish  this  expansion  of
knowledge  about  the  power  of  pressure  and  the  subsequent  adoption  of  our  pressure-based  technology  platforms,  we  have  developed  and  are  implementing  a  multi-faceted
approach to marketing our products and services.

Key Opinion Leaders and Publications

To initially reach scientists, we have established collaborations with key opinion leaders (KOL) who recognized early the potential for our pressure-based platforms and
who  went  on  to  report  their  discoveries  in  peer  reviewed  journals. Among  the  KOLs  working  with  us  is  Dr.  Ruedi Aebersold  (Head  of  the  Department  of  Biology,  ETH,
Zurich). Dr. Aebersold, a pioneer in proteomics, worked with our scientists and engineers to develop PCT-SWATH (aka PCT-HD), a superior method for the extraction and
preparation of proteins from samples intended for analysis by mass spectrometry. Other KOLs include Dr. Jennifer van Eyk (Director of  Advanced Clinical Biosystems Institute

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in the Department of Biomedical Sciences Cedar Sinai, Los Angeles, CA) and Dr. Wayne Hubble (Jules Stein Professor at the University of California, LA). Dr. van Eyk is a
recognized expert in the causes of heart disease and is using PCT in her attempt to discover cardiac disease biomarkers. Dr. Hubble, a member of the National Academy of
Sciences, is a leader in the field of electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR). He uses PCT in his studies of protein-protein interactions, so very important in the discovery of drug
targets and drug design. The publications and presentations of these and other world class scientists have been invaluable in gaining initial entry of PCT in several areas of
research.  In  addition  to  publications  by  our  numerous  KOLs,  there  are  also  many  additional  peer  reviewed  publications  from  dozens  of  other  scientists  discussing  the
advantages of the PCT platform in bio-molecule sample preparation, as well as the advantages of our BaroFold technology and our UST platform. To this end, we do all we can
to disseminate the work of these scientists in an effort to increase the exposure of PCT, BaroFold, and UST to the worldwide research community.

Broadcasting PCT and Our Products

1. We attend, exhibit, and present at top scientific meetings such as the American Society of Mass Spectrometry (ASMS) and both the US and International meetings of the
Human Proteome Organization (HUPO). These meetings are an opportunity to present our technology and to showcase our products to scientists who require sample
preparation in their research studies.

2. Routine and timely “blast” emails to scientists in our database. Topics include new PCT-related publications, announcements  of meetings, product advertisements, and a
quarterly newsletter. The database we use is proprietary, as it has been built  from attending scientific meetings and searching the internet for relevant publications and
contact  information.  Pardot  Marketing automation  software  is  utilized  for  routing  email  campaigns,  allowing  us  to  measure  customer  engagement  with  our  landing
pages, articles and emails.

3. We manage  our  database  with  SalesForce,  a  state-of-the-art  Customer  Relationship  Management  (CRM)  system.  Through  SalesForce, we  employ  the  marketing
automation  software  Pardot  to  manage  our  email  blasts.  Pardot  enables  us  to  assess  open  rates,  levels of  interest,  and  to  create  automatic  and  constant  contact  with
potential clients.

4. We use  social  media  platforms  like  LinkedIn,  Twitter  and  Facebook  to  broadcast  publications,  webinars,  our  presence  at  scientific meetings,  and  press  releases.  We

employ LeadForensics and SRAX to amplify our targeting and social media efforts.  Social media enables us to easily reach scientists world-wide.

5. We significantly upgraded our website. The upgraded website contains a state-of-the art search engine that enables researchers to rapidly find PCT-related publications

and products.

6. The website contains product information, published articles, and videos of our products to foster engagement, product interest, leads, order placement, and learning.

7. Our scientists  regularly  present  their  findings  and  discuss  our  products  at  scientific  sessions  at  regional,  national,  and  international scientific  conferences,  and  at

corporate, government, and academic laboratories.

8.

In addition to electronic advertising, we have used and will continue to use print media to showcase our products.

In 2021, we plan to expand our Sales and Marketing team, in order to support these efforts.

19

c. Foreign Distribution Network

We have previously established distribution arrangements covering China, Poland, South Korea, Japan, and 24 countries in Western Europe.

In May of 2014, we entered into a three-year distribution agreement with Powertech Technology Co, Ltd., of China, pursuant to which we granted Powertech Technology
exclusive distribution rights to all of our PCT products in China. This agreement expired in 2019. We continue to maintain a distribution relationship with Powertech and are in
contract renewal discussions.

In February 2016, we entered into a three-year distribution agreement with Bioanalytic of Poland, pursuant to which PBI granted Bioanalytic exclusive distribution rights to
all of our PCT products in Poland. This agreement expired in 2019. We continue to maintain a distribution relationship with Bioanalytic and are in contract renewal discussions.

In September of 2016, we entered into a three-year distribution agreement with Vita Co. of Japan, pursuant to which we granted Vita Co. exclusive distribution rights to all

of our PCT products in Japan. This agreement expired in 2019. We continue to maintain a distribution relationship with Vita and are in contract renewal discussions.

In September of 2016, we entered into a distribution agreement with I&L GmbH of Germany, pursuant to which we granted I&L exclusive distribution rights to all of our
products  until  March  30,  2018  in  the  countries  designated  as  Western  Europe  (Andorra, Austria,  Belgium,  Denmark,  Finland,  France,  Germany,  Gibraltar,  Greece,  Iceland,
Italy, Ireland, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Malta, Monaco, Norway, Netherlands, Portugal, San Marino, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom). This agreement
expired March 31, 2020. We continue to maintain a distribution relationship with I&L GmbH and are in contract renewal discussions.

In  January  2020,  we  entered  into  a  three-year  distribution  agreement  with  SCINCO  Co.,  LTD  of  South  Korea,  pursuant  to  which  PBI  granted  SCINCO  exclusive

distribution rights to all of our PCT products in South Korea. 

Non-Exclusive and Other Distribution Agreements

In November 2011, we entered into a distributor agreement with OROBOROS Instruments Corp. (“OROBOROS”) of Austria, pursuant to which we granted OROBOROS

non-exclusive world-wide distribution rights to our Shredder SG3 System and related products.

We  are  also  the  exclusive  distributor,  throughout  the Americas,  for  Constant  Systems,  Ltd.’s  (“CS”)  cell  disruption  equipment,  parts,  and  consumables.  CS,  a  British
company located northwest of London, England, has been providing niche biomedical equipment, related consumable products, and services to a global client base since 1989.
CS designs, develops, and manufactures high pressure cell disruption equipment used by life sciences laboratories worldwide, particularly disruption systems for the extraction
of  proteins.  The  CS  equipment  provides  a  constant  and  controlled  cell  disruptive  environment,  giving  the  user  superior,  constant,  and  reproducible  results  whatever  the
application. CS has over 900 units installed in over 40 countries worldwide. The CS cell disruption equipment has proven performance in the extraction of cellular components,
such as protein from yeast, bacteria, mammalian cells, and other sample types.

The  CS  pressure-based  cell  disruption  equipment  and  our  PCT-based  instrumentation  complement  each  other  in  several  important  ways.  While  both  the  CS  and  our
technologies are based on high pressure, each product line has fundamental scientific capabilities that the other does not offer. Our PCT Platform uses certain patented pressure
mechanisms to achieve small-scale, molecular level effects. CS’s technology uses different, proprietary pressure mechanisms for larger-scale, non-molecular level processing.
In  a  number  of  routine  laboratory  applications,  such  as  protein  extraction,  both  effects  can  be  critical  to  success.  Therefore,  for  protein  extraction  and  a  number  of  other
important scientific applications, we believe laboratories will benefit by using the CS and PBI products, either separately or together.

In June 2013, CS and PBI signed an expanded distribution agreement that made us the exclusive distributor of CS products throughout all of the Americas until the end of

2019. We are in renewal discussions for this agreement.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
d. Intellectual Property

We believe that protection of our patents and other intellectual property is essential to our business. Subject to the availability of sufficient financial resources, our practice
is to file patent applications to protect technology, inventions, and improvements to inventions that are important to our business development. We also rely on trade secrets,
know-how, and technological innovations to develop and maintain our potential competitive position.

To date, we have been awarded 26 total United States and foreign patents related to our PCT technology platform, and one US patent and two additional patents in China

related to our Ultra Shear Technology. We also received eight patents with our purchase of the assets of BaroFold in December 2017.

The Company received one US patent and two patents in China for UST, focused on a low-cost scalable approach for product manufacturing. The Company believes this
method  can  find  use  in  various  nanoemulsion  applications  for  pharmaceutical  (e.g.,  drug  delivery),  biotechnology  (e.g.,  protein  recovery,  biomolecule  extraction),  and
food/beverage (e.g., shelf-stable “clean label”) products. We plan to design, develop, manufacture, and market three different modules of BaroShear UST platform:

1. a bench-top, research / formulation, low throughput instrument that we will license for formulation development;
2. a lab-or pilot scale production instrument that we will license into life science companies and other industries;
3. a production scale UST-based instrument for manufacturing applications that we will license to food, cosmetics, nutraceuticals, and other processors worldwide.

Our issued patents expire between 2021 and 2030. Any failure to obtain and maintain adequate patent protection may adversely affect our ability to enter into, or affect the
terms  of,  any  arrangement  for  the  marketing,  sale  or  licensing  of  any  of  our  products  or  technology  platforms.  It  may  also  allow  our  competitors  to  duplicate  our  products
without our permission and without compensation.

20

License Agreements Relating to Pressure Cycling Technology

BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

In  1996,  we  acquired  our  initial  equity  interest  in  BioSeq,  Inc.,  which  at  the  time  was  developing  our  original  pressure  cycling  technology.  BioSeq,  Inc.  acquired  its
pressure  cycling  technology  from  BioMolecular  Assays,  Inc.  under  a  technology  transfer  and  patent  assignment  agreement.  In  1998,  we  purchased  all  of  the  remaining
outstanding capital stock of BioSeq, Inc., and at such time, the technology transfer and patent assignment agreement was amended to require us to pay BioMolecular Assays,
Inc., a 5% royalty on our sales of products or services that incorporate or utilize the original pressure cycling technology that BioSeq, Inc. acquired from BioMolecular Assays,
Inc.  We  are  also  required  to  pay  BioMolecular Assays,  Inc.  5%  of  the  proceeds  from  any  sale,  transfer  or  license  of  all  or  any  portion  of  the  original  pressure  cycling
technology. These payment obligations terminated March 7, 2016.

In connection with our acquisition of BioSeq, Inc., we licensed certain limited rights to the original pressure cycling technology back to BioMolecular Assays, Inc. This
license is non-exclusive and limits the use of the original pressure cycling technology by BioMolecular Assays, Inc. solely for molecular applications in scientific research and
development and in scientific plant research and development. BioMolecular Assays, Inc. is required to pay us a royalty equal to 20% of any license or other fees and royalties,
but not including research support and similar payments, it receives in connection with any sale, assignment, license or other transfer of any rights granted to BioMolecular
Assays, Inc. under the license. BioMolecular Assays, Inc. was required to pay us these royalties until the expiration in March 2016 of the patents held by BioSeq, Inc. since
1998. We have not received any royalty payments from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under this license.

Battelle Memorial Institute

In  December  2008,  we  entered  into  an  exclusive  patent  license  agreement  with  the  Battelle  Memorial  Institute  (“Battelle”).  The  licensed  technology  is  the  subject  of  a
patent application filed by Battelle in 2008 and relates to a method and a system for improving the analysis of protein samples, including through an automated system utilizing
pressure  and  a  pre-selected  agent  to  obtain  a  digested  sample  in  a  significantly  shorter  period  of  time  than  current  methods,  while  maintaining  the  integrity  of  the  sample
throughout the preparatory process. In addition to royalty payments on net sales of “licensed products,” we are obligated to make minimum royalty payments for each year that
we  retain  the  rights  outlined  in  the  patent  license  agreement  and  we  are  required  to  have  our  first  commercial  sale  of  the  licensed  products  within  one  year  following  the
issuance of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-negotiating the terms of the contract in 2013, the minimum annual royalty was $1,200 in 2014 and $2,000 in
2015; the minimum royalties were $3,000 in 2016, $4,000 in 2017 and $5,000 in 2018 and each calendar year thereafter during the term of the agreement.

e. Developments and Accomplishments

We reported a number of accomplishments in 2020:

On January 20, 2021, PBI targets revolution in effectiveness of therapeutics via improved drug delivery and dosing safety; announces collaboration with SinuSys Corp to

improve and optimize their lead sinus health product candidate prior to Phase llb trials.

On  December  17,  2020,  PBI  reports  its  PCT  Platform  is  at  the  forefront  in  generating  pivotal  findings  by  diverse  COVID-19  research  teams  in  the  USA,  China,  and

Europe.

On December 15, PBI announces planned presentation on December 17, 2020 at the Life Sciences Investor Forum: https://www.lifesciencesinvestorforum.com/

On November 17, PBI reports Third Quarter 2020 Financial Results – as compared to the Third Quarter of 2019 instrument sales increase 68%, total revenue increases 7%,

and operating loss decreases 23%.

On November 11, Company was awarded the first U.S. patent for its revolutionary Ultra Shear TechnologyTM (USTTM) platform.

On October 6, PBI achieved a critical milestone in revolutionary nanoemulsions technology development and entered the production era for commercial system (BaroShear

K45) development.

On August 12, PBI was awarded a pivotal U.S. patent for novel, high-pressure enhanced consumable device. The new patent secures and protects PBI’s best-selling PCT

Sample Preparation Consumable Product, the PCT MicroPestle.

On  June  20,  PBI  and  Leica  Microsystems  sign  worldwide  co-marketing  alliance:  combination  of  proprietary  technologies  expected  to  accelerate  cancer  R&D  with

innovative tumor processing workflow

On June 4, PBI announces first manufacturing build completely sold out for revolutionary UST System for processing hemp-derived cannabinoid oil into stable, water-

soluble nanoemulsions

On May 14, Pressure BioSciences announced the launch of FDA-registered hand sanitizer as first product developed through pending merger partners.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On April 16, PBI and RedShiftBio demonstrate potential of combining proprietary technologies to enable new tool for development and production of biotherapeutics.

On March 12, PBI announced that it is nearing a complete sellout on its pre-launch offering of game-changing UST Platform for processing CBD Oil into water-soluble

nanoemulsions.

On February 27, PBI launched new era in preparation of water-soluble nanoemulsions for CBD and other valuable oils with opening of UST Demonstration Laboratory.

On January 30, PBI announced acceleration of UST Platform rollout for water-soluble CBD with planned release of additional BaroShear product – a benchtop, R&D scale,

BaroShear “Mini” instrument.

On January 24, PBI announced significant new order and near sellout on revolutionary nanoemulsification system for water-soluble CBD oil. Company said that additional

orders are expected shortly.

On January 17, PBI reported the Company’s UST Platform was featured in a leading North American Cannabis Magazine and that the article highlighted the potential of

the UST Platform to play a significant role in multiple billion-dollar markets, such as CBD, nutraceuticals, cosmetics, biopharmaceuticals, and food/beverage.

On January 9, 2020, PBI reported that the number of published scientific papers in 2019 citing the advantages of the Company’s PCT Platform remained strong, with over

20 journal articles for the second straight year.

f. Liquidity

Management has developed a plan to continue operations. This plan includes controlling expenses, streamlining operations, and obtaining capital through equity and/or
debt financing. We have been successful in raising cash through debt and equity offerings in the past. We have efforts in place to continue to raise cash through debt and equity
offerings.

Although we have successfully completed equity financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure our investors that our plans to address these matters in the
future will be successful. Additional financing may not be available to us on a timely basis or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. In the event we are unable to raise sufficient
funds on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to:

●

●

●

severely limit  or  cease  our  operations  or  otherwise  reduce  planned  expenditures  and  forego  other  business  opportunities,  which  could harm  our  business.  The
accompanying financial statements do not include adjustments that may be required in the event of the disposal of assets or the discontinuation of the business;

obtain financing with terms that may have the effect of diluting or adversely affecting the holdings or the rights of the holders of our capital stock; or

obtain funds through arrangements with future collaboration partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some or all of our technologies or products.

22

g. Regulation

Many  of  our  activities  are  subject  to  regulation  by  governmental  authorities  within  the  United  States  and  similar  bodies  outside  of  the  United  States.  The  regulatory
authorities  may  govern  the  collection,  testing,  manufacturing,  safety,  efficacy,  labeling,  storage,  record  keeping,  transportation,  approval,  advertising,  and  promotion  of  our
products, as well as the training of our employees.

Currently, our PCT commercialization efforts are focused in the area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample preparation. We do not believe that our
current Barocycler® products used in sample preparation are considered “medical devices” under the United States Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDA Act”) and we do
not believe that we are subject to the law’s general control provisions that include requirements for registration, listing of devices, quality regulations, labeling and prohibitions
against misbranding and adulteration. We also do not believe that we are subject to regulatory inspection and scrutiny. If, however, we are successful in commercializing PCT in
applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample preparation, such as protein purification, pathogen inactivation and
immunodiagnostics, our products may be considered “medical devices” under the FDA Act, at which point we would be subject to the law’s general control provisions and
regulation  by  the  FDA  that  include  requirements  for  registration  listing  of  devices,  quality  regulations,  labeling,  and  prohibitions  against  misbranding  and  adulteration.  The
process  of  obtaining  approval  to  market  these  devices  in  the  other  potential  applications  of  PCT  would  be  costly  and  time  consuming  and  could  possibly  prohibit  us  from
pursuing such markets.

Some of our devices may also become subject to the European Pressure Equipment Directive, which requires certain pressure equipment meet certain quality and safety
standards. We do not believe that we are currently subject to this directive because our Barocycler® instruments are below the threshold documented in the text of the directive.
If our interpretation were to be challenged, we could incur significant costs defending the challenge, and we could face production and selling delays, all of which could harm
our business.

We self-certified that our Barocycler® instrumentation was electromagnetically compatible, or “CE” compliant, which means that our Barocycler® instruments meet the
essential requirements of the relevant European health, safety and environmental protection legislation. In order to maintain our CE Marking, a requirement to sell equipment in
many countries of the European Union, we are obligated to uphold certain safety and quality standards. Due to outsourcing manufacturing to CBM for all Barocycler 2320 EXT
instruments currently in inventory or sold in 2020, an ISO certified contract manufacturer, we believe compliance with CE and other required marks and certifications is well
controlled.

h. Employees

At December 31, 2020, we had twelve (12) full-time employees. All employees enter into confidentiality agreements intended to protect our proprietary information. We
believe that our relations with our employees are good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. Our performance depends on our ability to attract and retain
qualified  professional,  scientific  and  technical  staff.  The  level  of  competition  among  employers  for  skilled  personnel  is  high.  Subject  to  our  limited  financial  resources,  we
attempt to maintain employee benefit plans to enhance employee morale, professional commitment and work productivity and provide an incentive for employees to remain
with us.

i. Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in August 1978 as Boston Biomedica, Inc. In 1996, Boston Biomedica completed a successful initial public
offering and was listed on the NASDAQ market. In September 2004, we completed the sale of Boston Biomedica’s core business units and began to focus exclusively on the
development  and  commercialization  of  the  PCT  platform.  Following  this  change  in  business  strategy,  we  changed  our  legal  name  from  Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.  to  Pressure
BioSciences, Inc. We began operations as PBI in February 2005, research and development activities in April 2006, early marketing and selling activities of our Barocycler®

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
instruments in late 2007, and active marketing and selling of our PCT-based instrument platform in 2012.

j. Available Information

Our Internet website address is http://www.pressurebiosciences.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, reports that we file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (“SEC”), which include, but are not limited to, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any
and all amendments to such reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. These SEC reports can be also
accessed through the investor relations section of our website. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

23

 ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties,  such  as  statements  of  our  objectives,  expectations  and
intentions. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as applicable to all forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this
report. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include those discussed below, as well as
those discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMPANY

We  have  received  an  opinion  from  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  expressing  substantial  doubt  regarding  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going

concern.

The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm on our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020
contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. The audit report states that our auditing firm determined that there was substantial doubt
in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk that we may not have sufficient cash and liquid assets at December 31, 2020 to cover our operating and capital
requirements for the next twelve-month period; and if sufficient cash cannot be obtained, we would have to substantially alter, or possibly even discontinue, operations. The
accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Management  has  developed  a  plan  to  continue  operations.  This  plan  includes  continued  control  of  expenses  and  obtaining  equity  or  debt  financing. Although  we  have

successfully completed equity financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to address these matters in the future will be successful.

The factors described above could adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all, and may cause investors to have reservations about
our long-term prospects and may adversely affect our relationships with customers. There can be no assurance that our auditing firm will not issue the same opinion in the
future. If we cannot successfully continue as a going concern, our stockholders may lose their entire investment.

Our revenue is dependent upon acceptance of our products by the market. The failure of such acceptance will cause us to curtail or cease operations.

Our revenue comes from the sale of our products. As a result, we will continue to incur operating losses until such time as sales of our products reach a mature level and we
are able to generate sufficient revenue from the sale of our products to meet our operating expenses. There can be no assurance that customers will adopt our technology and
products, or that businesses and prospective customers will agree to pay for our products. In the event that we are not able to significantly increase the number of customers that
purchase our products, or if we are unable to charge the necessary prices, our financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

Our  business  could  be  adversely  affected  if  we  fail  to  implement  and  maintain  effective  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  internal  control  over  financial

reporting.

We  concluded  that  as  of  December  31,  2020,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  were  not  effective.  We  have
determined that we have limited resources for adequate personnel to prepare and file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within the required time periods and that
material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting exist relating to our accounting for complex equity transactions. If we are unable to implement and maintain
effective disclosure controls and procedures and remediate the material weaknesses in a timely manner, or if we identify other material weaknesses in the future, our ability to
produce accurate and timely financial statements and public reports could be impaired, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition. We identified a lack
of sufficient segregation of duties. Specifically, this material weakness is such that the design over these areas relies primarily on detective controls and could be strengthened
by adding preventive controls to properly safeguard assets. In addition, investors may lose confidence in our reported information and the market price of our common stock
may decline.

We have a history of operating losses, anticipate future losses and may never be profitable.

We have experienced significant operating losses in each period since we began investing resources in PCT and CP. These losses have resulted principally from research
and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses associated with the development of our PCT business. During the year ended December 31,
2020, we recorded a net loss available to common shareholders of $17,584,710 or ($5.32) per share, as compared with $15,868,083 or ($7.98) per share, for the corresponding
period in 2019. We expect to continue to incur operating losses until sales increase substantially. We cannot be certain when, if ever, we will become profitable. Even if we were
to become profitable, we might not be able to sustain such profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

24

If we are unable to obtain additional financing, business operations will be harmed and if we do obtain additional financing then existing shareholders may suffer

substantial dilution.

We  need  substantial  capital  to  implement  our  sales  distribution  strategy  for  our  current  products  and  to  develop  and  commercialize  future  products  using  our  pressure
cycling technology products and services in the sample preparation area, as well as for applications in other areas of life sciences. Our capital requirements will depend on many
factors, including but not limited to:

●

the problems, delays, expenses, and complications frequently encountered by early-stage companies;

● market acceptance of our pressure cycling technology products and services for sample preparation;

●

●

the success of our sales and marketing programs; and

changes in economic, regulatory or competitive conditions in the markets we intend to serve.

We expect the net proceeds from an expected equity offering, along with our current cash position, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
requirements for at least the next 36 months. Thereafter, unless we achieve profitability, we anticipate that we will need to raise additional capital to fund our operations and to
otherwise implement our overall business strategy. We currently do not have any contracts or commitments for additional financing. There can be no assurance that financing
will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Any additional equity financing may involve substantial dilution to then existing shareholders.

If adequate funds are not available or if we fail to obtain acceptable additional financing, we may be required to:

●

●

●

severely limit or cease our operations or otherwise reduce planned expenditures and forego other business opportunities, which could harm our business;

obtain financing with terms that may have the effect of substantially diluting or adversely affecting the holdings or the rights of the holders of our capital stock; or

obtain funds through arrangements with future collaboration partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some or all of our technologies or products.

Our financial results depend on revenues from our pressure cycling technology products and services, and from government grants.

We currently rely on revenues from PCT, CP, and CS technology products and services in the sample preparation area and from revenues derived from grants awarded to us
by governmental agencies, such as the National Institutes of Health. We have been unable to achieve market acceptance of our product  offerings  to  the  extent  necessary  to
achieve significant revenue. Competition for government grants is very intense, and we can provide no assurance that we will continue to be awarded grants in the future. If we
are unable to increase revenues from sales of our pressure cycling technology products and services and government grants, our business will fail.

We may be unable to obtain market acceptance of our pressure cycling technology products and services.

Many of the initial sales of our pressure cycling technology products and services have been to our collaborators, following their use of our products in studies undertaken
in sample preparation for genomics, proteomics, lipidomics, and small molecules studies. Later sales have been to key opinion leaders. Our technology requires scientists and
researchers  to  adopt  a  method  of  sample  extraction  that  is  different  from  existing  techniques.  Our  PCT  sample  preparation  system  is  also  more  costly  than  most  existing
techniques.  Our  ability  to  obtain  market  acceptance  will  depend,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  demonstrate  to  our  potential  customers  that  the  benefits  and  advantages  of  our
technology outweigh the increased cost of our technology compared with existing methods of sample extraction. If we are unable to demonstrate the benefits and advantages of
our products and technology as compared with existing technologies, we will not gain market acceptance and our business will fail.

25

Our  business  may  be  harmed  if  we  encounter  problems,  delays,  expenses,  and  complications  that  often  affect  companies  that  have  not  achieved  significant  market

acceptance.

Our  pressure  cycling  technology  business  continues  to  face  challenges  in  achieving  market  acceptance.  If  we  encounter  problems,  delays,  expenses  and  complications,

many of which may be beyond our control or may harm our business or prospects. These include:

●

●

●

●

availability of adequate financing;

unanticipated problems and costs relating to the development, testing, production, marketing, and sale of our products;

delays and costs associated with our ability to attract and retain key personnel; and

competition.

The sales cycle of our pressure cycling technology products is lengthy. We have incurred and may continue to incur significant expenses and we may not generate any

significant revenue related to those products.

Many  of  our  current  and  potential  customers  have  required  between  three  and  six  months  or  more  to  test  and  evaluate  our  pressure  cycling  technology  products.  This
increases the possibility that a customer may decide to cancel its order or otherwise change its plans, which could reduce or eliminate our sales to that potential customer. As a
result  of  this  lengthy  sales  cycle,  we  have  incurred  and  may  continue  to  incur  significant  research  and  development,  selling  and  marketing,  and  general  and  administrative
expense  related  to  customers  from  whom  we  have  not  yet  generated  any  revenue  from  our  products,  and  from  whom  we  may  never  generate  the  anticipated  revenue  if  a
customer is not satisfied with the results of the evaluation of our products or if a customer cancels or changes its plans.

Our business could be harmed if our products contain undetected errors or defects.

We are continuously developing new and improving our existing, pressure cycling technology products in sample preparation and we expect to do so in other areas of life
sciences depending upon the availability of our resources. Newly introduced products can contain undetected errors or defects. In addition, these products may not meet their
performance specifications under all conditions or for all applications. If, despite internal testing and testing by our collaborators, any of our products contain errors or defects
or fail to meet customer specifications, then we may be required to enhance or improve those products or technologies. We may not be able to do so on a timely basis, if at all,
and may only be able to do so at considerable expense. In addition, any significant reliability problems could result in adverse customer reaction, negative publicity or legal
claims and could harm our business and prospects.

Our success may depend on our ability to manage growth effectively.

Our failure to manage growth effectively could harm our business and prospects. Given our limited resources and personnel, growth of our business could place significant
strain  on  our  management,  information  technology  systems,  sources  of  manufacturing  capacity  and  other  resources.  To  properly  manage  our  growth,  we  may  need  to  hire
additional employees and identify new sources of manufacturing capabilities. Failure to effectively manage our growth could make it difficult to manufacture our products and
fill orders, as well as lead to declines in product quality or increased costs, any of which would adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management.

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management, specifically our Chief Executive Officer, Richard T. Schumacher. The loss of
the services of any of our senior management could make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and achieve our business goals. In addition, our failure to retain
existing  engineering,  research  and  development,  operations,  and  marketing/sales  personnel  could  harm  our  product  development  capabilities  and  customer  and  employee
relationships, delay the growth of sales of our products, and result in the loss of key information, expertise, or know-how.

We may not be able to hire or retain the number of qualified personnel, particularly engineering and sales personnel, required for our business, which would harm the

development and sales of our products and limit our ability to grow.

Competition in our industry for senior management, technical, sales, marketing, finance and other key personnel is intense. If we are unable to retain our existing personnel,
or attract and train additional qualified personnel, either because of competition in our industry for such personnel or because of insufficient financial resources, our growth may
be  limited.  Our  success  also  depends  in  particular  on  our  ability  to  identify,  hire,  train  and  retain  qualified  engineering  and  sales  personnel  with  experience  in  design,
development and sales of laboratory equipment.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26

Our reliance on a single third party for all of our manufacturing, and certain of our engineering, and other related services could harm our business.

We  currently  solely  rely  on  CBM  Industries,  a  third-party  contract  manufacturer,  to  manufacture  our  Barocycler  2320EXT  instrumentation,  provide  manufacturing
expertise, and manage the majority of our sub-contractor supplier relationships for this instrument. Because of our dependence on one manufacturer, our success will depend, in
part, on the ability of CBM to manufacture our products cost effectively, in sufficient quantities to meet our customer demand, if and when such demand occurs, and meeting
our quality requirements. If CBM experiences manufacturing problems or delays, or if CBM decides not to continue to provide us with these services, our business may be
harmed. While we believe other contract manufacturers are available to address our manufacturing and engineering needs, if we find it necessary to replace CBM, there will be a
disruption in our business and we would incur additional costs and delays that would harm our business.

Our failure to manage current or future alliances or joint ventures effectively may harm our business.

We have entered into business relationships with four distribution partners and one co-marketing partner, and we may enter into additional alliances, joint ventures or other

business relationships to further develop, market and sell our pressure cycling technology product line. We may not be able to:

●

●

●

●

identify appropriate candidates for alliances, joint ventures or other business relationships;

assure that any candidate for an alliance, joint venture or business relationship will provide us with the support anticipated;

successfully negotiate an alliance, joint venture or business relationship on terms that are advantageous to us; or

successfully manage any alliance or joint venture.

Furthermore, any alliance, joint venture or other business relationship may divert management time and resources. Entering into a disadvantageous alliance, joint venture or
business relationship, failing to manage an alliance, joint venture or business relationship effectively, or failing to comply with any obligations in connection therewith, could
harm our business and prospects.

We may not be successful in growing our international sales.

We cannot guarantee that we will successfully develop our international sales channels to enable us to generate significant revenue from international sales. We currently
have  four  international  distribution  agreements  that  cover  24  countries  in  Europe, Asia  and Australia.  We  have  generated  limited  sales  to  date  from  international  sales  and
cannot guarantee that we will be able to increase our sales. As we expand, our international operations may be subject to numerous risks and challenges, including:

● multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including those that regulate high pressure equipment;

●

●

●

●

●

●

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

protectionist laws and business practices that favor local companies;

political and economic changes and disruptions;

export and import controls;

tariff regulations; and

currency fluctuations.

27

Our  operating  results  are  subject  to  quarterly  variation.  Our  operating  results  may  fluctuate  significantly  from  period  to  period  depending  on  a  variety  of  factors,

including but not limited to the following:

●

●

●

●

●

●

our ability to increase our sales of our pressure cycling technology products for sample preparation on a consistent quarterly or annual basis;

the lengthy sales cycle for our products;

the product mix of the Barocycler® instruments we install in a given period, and whether the installations are completed pursuant to sales, rental or lease arrangements,
and the average selling prices that we are able to command for our products;

our ability to manage our costs and expenses;

our ability to continue our research and development activities without incurring unexpected costs and expenses; and

our ability to comply with state and federal regulations without incurring unexpected costs and expenses.

Our instrumentation operates at high pressures and may therefore become subject to certain regulations in the European Community. Regulation of high-pressure

equipment may limit or hinder our development and sale of future instrumentation.

Our Barocycler® instruments operate at high pressures. If our Barocycler® instruments exceed certain pressure levels, our products may become subject to the European
Pressure  Equipment  Directive,  which  requires  certain  pressure  equipment  meet  certain  quality  and  safety  standards.  We  do  not  believe  that  we  are  subject  to  this  directive
because  our  Barocycler®  instruments  are  currently  below  the  threshold  documented  in  the  text  of  the  directive.  If  our  interpretation  were  to  be  challenged,  we  could  incur
significant costs defending the challenge, and we could face production and selling delays, all of which could harm our business.

We expect that we will be subject to regulation in the United States, such as by the Food and Drug Administration, and overseas, if and when we begin to invest more

resources in the development and commercialization of PCT in applications outside of sample preparation for the research field.

Our current pressure cycling technology products in the area of sample preparation for the research field are not regulated by the FDA. Certain applications in which we
intend to develop and commercialize pressure cycling technology, such as protein purification, pathogen inactivation and immunodiagnostics, are expected to require regulatory
approvals or clearances from regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, prior to commercialization, when we expand our commercialization activities outside of the research field.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We expect that obtaining these approvals or clearances will require a significant investment of time and capital resources and there can be no assurance that such investments
will receive approvals or clearances that would allow us to commercialize the technology for these applications.

If we are unable to protect our patents and other proprietary technology relating to our pressure cycling technology products, our business will be harmed.

Our ability to further develop and successfully commercialize our products will depend, in part, on our ability to enforce our patents, preserve our trade secrets, and operate
without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. To date, we have been granted 15 United States and foreign patents related to our PCT technology platform, and two
additional patents in China related to our Ultra Shear Technology. We also received eight patents with our purchase of the assets of BaroFold in December 2017.

There can be no assurance that (a) any patent applications filed by us will result in issued patents; (b) patent protection will be secured for any particular technology; (c)
any patents that have been or may be issued to us will be valid or enforceable; (d) any patents will provide meaningful protection to us; (e) others will not be able to design
around our patents; and (f) our patents will provide a competitive advantage or have commercial value. The failure to obtain adequate patent protection would have a material
adverse effect on us and may adversely affect our ability to enter into, or affect the terms of, any arrangement for the marketing or sale of any product.

Our patents may be challenged by others.

We  could  incur  substantial  costs  in  patent  proceedings,  including  interference  proceedings  before  the  United  States  Patent  and  Trademark  Office,  and  comparable
proceedings before similar agencies in other countries, in connection with any claims that may arise in the future. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions about the
patentability of our inventions and products, as well as about the enforceability, validity, or scope of protection afforded by the patents.

If we are unable to maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge, others may develop technology and products that could prevent the

successful commercialization of our products.

We rely on trade secrets and other unpatented proprietary information in our product development activities. To the extent we rely on trade secrets and unpatented know-
how to maintain  our  competitive  technological  position,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  others  may  not  independently  develop  the  same  or  similar  technologies.  We  seek  to
protect our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge, in part, through confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, advisors and contractors. These agreements
may not be sufficient to effectively prevent disclosure of our confidential information and may not provide us with an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure
of such information. If our employees, consultants, advisors, or contractors develop inventions or processes independently that may be applicable to our products, disputes may
arise  about  ownership  of  proprietary  rights  to  those  inventions  and  processes.  Such  inventions  and  processes  will  not  necessarily  become  our  property  but  may  remain  the
property of those persons or their employers. Protracted and costly litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights. Failure to obtain or
maintain trade secret protection, for any reason, could harm our business.

28

If we infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, our business may be harmed.

It is possible that the manufacture, use or sale of our pressure cycling technology products or services may infringe patent or other intellectual property rights of others. We
may  be  unable  to  avoid  infringement  of  the  patent  or  other  intellectual  property  rights  of  others  and  may  be  required  to  seek  a  license,  defend  an  infringement  action,  or
challenge the validity of the patents or other intellectual property rights in court. We may be unable to secure a license on terms and conditions acceptable to us, if at all. Also,
we may not prevail in any patent or other intellectual property rights litigation. Patent or other intellectual property rights litigation is costly and time-consuming, and there can
be no assurance that we will have sufficient resources to bring any possible litigation related to such infringement to a successful conclusion. If we do not obtain a license under
such patents or other intellectual property rights, or if we are found liable for infringement, or if we are unsuccessful in having such patents declared invalid, we may be liable
for  significant  monetary  damages,  may  encounter  significant  delays  in  successfully  commercializing  and  developing  our  pressure  cycling  technology  products,  or  may  be
precluded from participating in the manufacture, use, or sale of our pressure cycling technology products or services requiring such licenses.

We may be unable to adequately respond to rapid changes in technology and the development of new industry standards.

The introduction of products and services embodying new technology and the emergence of new industry standards may render our existing pressure cycling technology
products and related services obsolete and unmarketable if we are unable to adapt to change. We may be unable to allocate the funds necessary to improve our current products
or  introduce  new  products  to  address  our  customers’  needs  and  respond  to  technological  change.  In  the  event  that  other  companies  develop  more  technologically  advanced
products, our competitive position relative to such companies would be harmed.

We may not be able to compete successfully with others that are developing or have developed competitive technologies and products.

A  number  of  companies  have  developed,  or  are  expected  to  develop,  products  that  compete  or  will  compete  with  our  products.  We  compete  with  companies  that  have
existing technologies for the extraction of nucleic acids, proteins and small molecules from cells and tissues, including but not limited to methods such as mortar and pestle,
sonication, rotor-stator homogenization, French press, bead beating, freezer milling, enzymatic digestion, and chemical dissolution.

We are aware that there are additional companies pursuing new technologies with similar goals to the products developed or being developed by us. Some of the companies
with  which  we  now  compete,  or  may  compete  in  the  future,  have  or  may  have  more  extensive  research,  marketing,  and  manufacturing  capabilities,  more  experience  in
genomics  and  proteomics  sample  preparation,  protein  purification,  pathogen  inactivation,  immunodiagnostics,  and  DNA  sequencing  and  significantly  greater  technical,
personnel and financial resources than we do, and may be better positioned to continue to improve their technology to compete in an evolving industry. To compete, we must
be able to demonstrate to potential customers that our products provide improved performance and capabilities. Our failure to compete successfully could harm our business and
prospects.

We will need to increase the size of our organization and may experience difficulties in managing growth.

We are a small company with a minimal number of employees. We expect to experience a period of expansion in headcount, facilities, infrastructure and overhead and
anticipate that further expansion will be required to address potential growth and market opportunities. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members
of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain and integrate new managers. Our future financial performance and its ability to compete effectively will depend,
in part, on its ability to manage any future growth effectively.

Provisions in our articles of organization and bylaws may discourage or frustrate stockholders’ attempts to remove or replace our current management.

Our articles of organization and bylaws contain provisions that may make it more difficult or discourage changes in our management that our stockholders may consider to

be favorable. These provisions include:

●

a classified board of directors;

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

●

advance notice for stockholder nominations to the board of directors;

limitations on the ability of stockholders to remove directors; and

a provision that allows a majority of the directors to fill vacancies on the board of directors.

These provisions could prevent or frustrate attempts to make changes in our management that our stockholders consider to be beneficial and could limit the price that our

stockholders might receive in the future for shares of our common stock.

The costs of compliance with the reporting obligations of the Exchange Act, and with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Wall

Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, may place a strain on our limited resources and our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns.

As a result of the regulatory requirements applicable to public companies, we incur legal, accounting, and other expenses that are significant in relation to the size of our
Company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by
the  SEC  and  OTC  Markets  Group,  Inc.,  have  increased  and  will  continue  to  increase  our  legal  and  financial  compliance  costs  and  may  make  some  activities  more  time-
consuming. These requirements have placed and will continue to place a strain on our systems and on our management and financial resources.

Certain of our net deferred tax assets could be substantially limited if we experience an ownership change as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.

Certain  of  our  net  operating  losses  (“NOLs”)  give  rise  to  net  deferred  tax  assets.  Our  ability  to  utilize  NOLs  and  to  offset  our  future  taxable  income  and/or  to  recover
previously paid taxes would be limited if we were to undergo an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). In general,
an  “ownership  change”  occurs  whenever  the  percentage  of  the  stock  of  a  corporation  owned  by  “5  percent  shareholders,”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  382  of  the  Code,
increases by more than 50 percentage points over the lowest percentage of the stock of such corporation owned by such “5 percent shareholders” at any time over the preceding
three years.

An ownership change under Section 382 of the Code would establish an annual limitation on the amount of NOLs we could utilize to offset our taxable income in any
single taxable year to an amount equal to (i) the product of a specified rate, which is published by the U.S. Treasury, and the aggregate value of our outstanding stock plus; and
(ii) the amount of unutilized limitation from prior years. The application of these limitations might prevent full utilization of the deferred tax assets attributable to our NOLs.
We may have or will have experienced an ownership change as defined by Section 382 through the sale of equity and, therefore, we will consider whether the sale of equity
units will result in limitations of our net operating losses under Section 382 when we start to generate taxable income. However, whether a change in ownership occurs in the
future is largely outside of our control, and there can be no assurance that such a change will not occur.

We continue to face risks related to Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) which could continue to significantly disrupt our research and development, operations, sales, and
financial results.

Our business was adversely impacted by the effects of the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19). In addition to global macroeconomic effects, the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-
19) outbreak and any other related adverse public health developments could continue to cause disruption to our operations, research and development, and sales activities. Our
third-party manufacturers, third-party distributors, and our customers have been and will be disrupted by worker absenteeism, quarantines and restrictions on employees’ ability
to  work,  office  and  factory  closures,  disruptions  to  ports  and  other  shipping  infrastructure,  border  closures,  or  other  travel  or  health-related  restrictions.  Depending  on  the
magnitude of such effects on our activities or the operations of our third-party manufacturers and third-party distributors, the supply of our products will be delayed, which
could adversely affect our business, operations and customer relationships. In addition, the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) or other disease outbreak will in the short-run and
may over the longer term adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, resulting in an economic downturn that will affect demand for our products
and impact our operating results. There can be no assurance that any decrease in sales resulting from the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) will be offset by increased sales in
subsequent periods. Although the magnitude of the impact of the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak on our business and operations remains uncertain, the continued
spread of the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) or the occurrence of other epidemics and the imposition of related public health measures and travel and business restrictions will
adversely impact our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. In addition, we have experienced and will experience disruptions to our business operations
resulting from quarantines, self-isolations, or other movement and restrictions on the ability of our employees to perform their jobs that may impact our ability to develop and
design our products in a timely manner or meet required milestones or customer commitments.

RISKS RELATED TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR SECURITIES

The holders of our Common Stock could suffer substantial dilution due to our corporate financing practices.

The holders of our common stock could suffer substantial dilution due to our corporate financing practices, which, in the past few years, have included private placements
and  a  registered  direct  offering. As  of  December  31,  2020,  we  have  issued  shares  of  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  C
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H Convertible Preferred
Stock, Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock, Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock.

30

As of December 31, 2020, all of the issued shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C Convertible Preferred Stock,
and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2020, only shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock,
Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock, Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, Series K Convertible
Preferred Stock and Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock were outstanding. Further, in connection with those private placements and the Series D registered direct offering,
we issued warrants to purchase common stock. In addition, as of December 31, 2020, we had issued notes and debentures convertible into common stock at $2.50 to $7.50 per
common share. If all of the outstanding shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H2
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into shares
of common stock and all outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock were exercised and all convertible notes and debentures were converted, each as
of December 31, 2020, an additional 28,808,263 shares of common stock would be issued and outstanding. This additional issuance of shares of common stock would cause
immediate and substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause a significant reduction in the market price of our common stock.

Sales  of  a  significant  number  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  the  public  market  or  the  perception  of  such  possible  sales,  could  depress  the  market  price  of  our

common stock.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public markets, which include an offering of our preferred stock or common stock could depress the
market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity or equity-related securities. We cannot predict the effect that future
sales of our common stock or other equity-related securities would have on the market price of our common stock.

Our share price could be volatile and our trading volume may fluctuate substantially.

The price of common stock has been and may in the future continue to be extremely volatile. Many factors could have a significant impact on the future price of our shares

of common stock, including:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

●

our inability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, whether through the issuance of equity securities or debt;

our failure to successfully implement our business objectives;

compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements;

● market acceptance of our products;

●

●

●

●

●

technological innovations and new commercial products by our competitors;

changes in government regulations;

general economic conditions and other external factors;

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results; and

the degree of trading liquidity in our shares of common stock.

A decline in the price of our shares of common stock could affect our ability to raise further working capital and adversely impact our ability to continue operations.

The relatively low price of our shares of common stock, and a decline in the price of our shares of common stock, could result in a reduction in the liquidity of our common
stock  and  a  reduction  in  our  ability  to  raise  capital.  Because  a  significant  portion  of  our  operations  has  been  and  will  continue  to  be  financed  through  the  sale  of  equity
securities, a decline in the price of our shares of common stock could be especially detrimental to our liquidity and our operations. Such reductions and declines may force us to
reallocate  funds  from  other  planned  uses  and  may  have  a  significant  negative  effect  on  our  business  plans  and  operations,  including  our  ability  to  continue  our  current
operations. If the price for our shares of common stock declines, it may be more difficult to raise additional capital. If we are unable to raise sufficient capital, and we are unable
to generate funds from operations sufficient to meet our obligations, we will not have the resources to continue our operations.

31

The market price for our shares of common stock may also be affected by our ability to meet or exceed expectations of analysts or investors. Any failure to meet these

expectations, even if minor, may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our shares of common stock.

If we issue additional securities in the future, it will likely result in the dilution of our shares of existing stockholders.

As  of  December  31,  2020,  there  were  4,168,324  shares  of  common  stock  issued  and  outstanding.  Similarly,  at  such  time,  there  were  no  shares  of  Series  A  Junior
Participating  Preferred  Stock;  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;  Series  C  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;  and  Series  E  Convertible
Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2020 there were 300 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding and convertible into 25,000 shares of common
stock, 80,570 shares of Series G Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 26,857 shares of common stock, 10,000 shares of Series H Convertible
Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 33,334 shares of common stock, 21 shares of Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible
into  70,000  shares  of  common  stock,  3,458  shares  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  convertible  into  115,267  shares  of  common  stock,  6,880
shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 229,334 shares of common stock and 8,043 shares of Series AA Convertible Preferred
Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 8,043,000 shares of common stock.

As  of  December  31,  2020,  there  were  outstanding  options  and  warrants  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  15,790,603  shares  of  common  stock;  and  debt  convertible  into
4,474,868 shares of common stock. From time to time, we also may increase the number of shares available for issuance in connection with our equity compensation plan, we
may adopt new equity compensation plans, and we may issue awards to our employees and others who provide services to us outside the terms of our equity compensation
plans. Our board of directors may fix and determine the designations, rights, preferences or other variations of each class or series of preferred stock and may choose to issue
some or all of such shares to provide additional financing in the future.

The  issuance  of  any  securities  for  acquisition,  licensing  or  financing  efforts,  upon  conversion  of  any  preferred  stock  or  exercise  of  warrants,  pursuant  to  our  equity
compensation plans, or otherwise may result in a reduction of the book value and market price of the outstanding shares of our common stock. If we issue any such additional
securities, such issuance will cause a reduction in the proportionate ownership and voting power of all current stockholders. Further, such issuance may result in a change in
control of our Company.

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) sales practice requirements may also limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our common stock.

FINRA has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is
suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain
information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a
high  probability  that  speculative  low-priced  securities  will  not  be  suitable  for  at  least  some  customers.  FINRA  requirements  make  it  more  difficult  for  broker-dealers  to
recommend  that  their  customers  buy  our  common  stock,  which  may  limit  your  ability  to  buy  and  sell  our  common  stock  and  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  market  for  our
shares.

Our  Common  Stock  is  subject  to  the  “Penny  Stock”  rules  of  the  SEC  and  the  trading  market  in  our  securities  is  limited,  which  makes  transactions  in  our  stock

cumbersome and may reduce the value of an investment in our stock.

The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  has  adopted  Rule  15g-9  which  establishes  the  definition  of  a  “penny  stock,”  for  the  purposes  relevant  to  us,  as  any  equity
security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. For any transaction involving a
penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require:

●

●

That a broker or dealer approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks; and

The broker or dealer receives from the investor a written agreement to the transaction, setting forth the identity and quantity of the penny stock to be purchased.

In order to approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must:

● Obtain financial information and investment experience objectives of the person; and

● Make a reasonable determination that the transactions in penny stocks are suitable for that person and the person has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial

matters to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The broker or dealer must also deliver, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prescribed by the Commission relating to the penny stock market,

which, in highlight form:

●

●

Sets forth the basis on which the broker or dealer made the suitability determination; and

That the broker or dealer received a signed, written agreement from the investor prior to the transaction.

Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more difficult for investors to dispose of our

common stock and cause a decline in the market value of our stock.

Disclosure also has to be made about the risks of investing in penny stocks in both public offerings and in secondary trading and about the commissions payable to both the
broker-dealer  and  the  registered  representative,  current  quotations  for  the  securities  and  the  rights  and  remedies  available  to  an  investor  in  cases  of  fraud  in  penny  stock
transactions. Finally, monthly statements have to be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in
penny stocks.

We have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our common stock and we do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

Our shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to certain rights, privileges and preferences over our common stock, including a preference upon a

liquidation of our Company, which will reduce amounts available for distribution to the holders of our common stock.

The  holders  of  our  shares  of  Series  D  are  entitled  to  payment,  prior  to  payment  to  the  holders  of  common  stock  in  the  event  of  liquidation  of  the  Company.  If  we  are
dissolved, liquidated or wound up at a time when the Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive only an
amount  equal  to  the  liquidation  preference  (as  it  may  be  adjusted  from  time  to  time),  plus  any  accumulated  and  unpaid  dividends,  to  the  extent  that  we  have  funds  legally
available. Any remaining assets will be distributable to holders of our other equity securities.

Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market.

From time to time, certain of our stockholders may be eligible to sell all or some of their shares of common stock by means of ordinary brokerage transactions in the open
market pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, subject to certain limitations. In general, pursuant to amended Rule 144, non-affiliate stockholders may sell
freely after six months subject only to the current public information requirement. Affiliates may sell after six months subject to the Rule 144 volume, manner of sale (for equity
securities), current public  information  and  notice  requirements. Any  substantial  sales  of  our  common  stock  pursuant  to  Rule  144  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the
market price of our common stock.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock. As result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common

stock appreciates.

We currently do not expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock. In addition, in the future we may enter into agreements that prohibit or restrict our ability to
declare or pay dividends on our common stock. As a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment will be if the market price of our  common  stock
appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit.

We could issue additional common stock, which might dilute the book value of our Common Stock.

Our Board of Directors has authority, without action or vote of our shareholders, to issue all or a part of our authorized but unissued shares. Such stock issuances could be
made  at  a  price  that  reflects  a  discount  or  a  premium  from  the  then-current  trading  price  of  our  common  stock.  In  addition,  in  order  to  raise  capital,  we  may  need  to  issue
securities  that  are  convertible  into  or  exchangeable  for  our  common  stock.  These  issuances  would  dilute  the  percentage  ownership  interest,  which  would  have  the  effect  of
reducing your influence on matters on which our shareholders vote and might dilute the book value of our common stock. You may incur additional dilution if holders of stock
warrants  or  options,  whether  currently  outstanding  or  subsequently  granted,  exercise  their  options,  or  if  warrant  holders  exercise  their  warrants  to  purchase  shares  of  our
common stock.

33

 ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

Not Applicable.

 ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

Our  corporate  office  is  currently  located  at  14  Norfolk Avenue,  South  Easton,  Massachusetts  02375.  We  are  currently  paying  $6,950  per  month,  on  a  lease  extension,
signed on December 30, 2020, that expires December 31, 2021, for our corporate office. We expanded our space to include offices, warehouse and a loading dock on the first
floor starting May 1, 2017 with a monthly rent increase already reflected in the current payments.

On October 18, 2017 we signed a lease extension for our lab space in Medford, MA. The lease will now expire on December 30, 2023 and requires monthly payments of
$7,282 starting January 1, 2021 subject to annual cost of living increases. The lease shall be automatically extended for additional three years unless either party terminates at
least six months prior to the expiration of the current lease term.

 ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

We are not currently involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. There is no action,
suit, or proceeding by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of our Company
or  our  subsidiary,  threatened  against  or  affecting  our  Company,  our  common  stock,  our  subsidiary  or  of  our  companies  or  our  subsidiary’s  officers  or  directors  in  their
capacities as such, in which an adverse decision could have a material adverse effect.

 ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

 PART II

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  ITEM  5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS,  AND  ISSUER  PURCHASES  OF  EQUITY
SECURITIES.

Our common stock is currently traded on the OTCQB tier of the OTC Markets under the trading symbol “PBIO.”

Authorized Capital

As of December 31, 2020, we were authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.01 par value. Of the
1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, 20,000 shares were designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, 313,960 shares as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock,
279,256 shares as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, 88,098 shares as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, 850 shares as Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, 500 shares
as Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, 240,000 shares as Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, 10,000 shares as Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, 21 shares as Series H2
Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  6,250  shares  as  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  15,000  shares  as  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  and  10,000  shares  of  Series AA
Convertible Preferred Stock.

As of December 31, 2020, there were 4,168,324 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Similarly, at such time, there were no shares of outstanding Series A
Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock;  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;  Series  C  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;  and  Series  E
Convertible Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2020 there were 300 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding and convertible into 25,000 shares
of common stock, 80,570 shares of Series G Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 26,857 shares of common stock, 10,000 shares of Series H
Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 33,334 shares of common stock, 21 shares of Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding
convertible into 70,000 shares of common stock, 3,458 shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 115,267 shares of common stock,
6,880  shares  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  convertible  into  229,334  shares  of  common  stock  and  8,043  shares  of  Series AA  Convertible
Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 8,043,000 shares of common stock.

Approximate Number of Equity Security Holders

As  of  December  31,  2020,  there  were  approximately  157  stockholders  of  record.  Because  shares  of  our  common  stock  are  held  by  depositaries,  brokers  and  other

nominees, the number of beneficial holders of our shares is substantially larger than the number of stockholders of record.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on common stock and do not plan to pay any cash dividends on common stock in the foreseeable future.

As of December 31, 2020, dividends issued or to be issued on convertible preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are outlined in the table below.

Series D
Series G
Series H
Series H2
Series J
Series K
Series AA

Dividends paid in common stock or cash
For The Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

  $

  $

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
299,709  
299,709  

  $

  $

-    Series D
-    Series G
-    Series H
-    Series H2
-    Series J
-    Series K

205,100    Series AA
205,100      

35

Dividends Payable
As Of December 31,
2020

  $

  $

-    $
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
3,247,202     
3,247,202     $

2019

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
2,025,821 
2,025,821 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we issued securities that were not registered under the Securities Act, and were not previously disclosed in a Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q or a Current Report on Form 8-K as listed below. Except where noted, all of the securities discussed in this Item 5 were issued in reliance on the exemption under
Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Except where noted, all the securities discussed in this Part II, Item 5 were issued in reliance on the exemption under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. This Part II, Item

5 does not discuss issuances previously disclosed in Form 8-Ks, Form 10-Qs, or the Form 10-K filed by the Company.

On  various  dates  in  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2020  the  Company  issued  a  total  of  329,068  shares  of  restricted  common  stock  at  a  fair  value  of  $638,901  to
accredited investors. 73,700 shares with a fair value of $66,644 were issued in conjunction with the signing of new convertible loans; 51,800 shares with a fair value of $91,114
were issued to investor relations firms for services rendered; 161,521 shares with a fair value of $389,899 were issued upon the conversion of convertible loans; and 34,617
shares  with  a  fair  value  of  $78,335  were  issued  in  lieu  of  cash  for  the  8%  dividend  on  Series AA  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  and  7,430  of  the  shares  with  a  fair  value  of
$12,909 were issued for interest payments on debt.

 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Not Applicable.

36

 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION.

OVERVIEW

We are a leader in the development & sale of innovative, broadly enabling, pressure-based platform solutions for the worldwide life sciences industry. Our solutions are
based  on  the  unique  properties  of  both  constant  (i.e.,  static)  and  alternating  (i.e.,  pressure  cycling  technology,  or  “PCT”)  hydrostatic  pressure.  PCT  is  a  patented  enabling
technology  platform  that  uses  alternating  cycles  of  hydrostatic  pressure  between  ambient  and  ultra-high  levels  to  safely  and  reproducibly  control  bio-molecular  interactions
(e.g.,  cell  lysis,  biomolecule  extraction).  Our  primary  focus  has  been  in  the  development  of  PCT-based  products  for  biomarker  and  target  discovery,  drug  design  and
development,  biotherapeutics  characterization  and  quality  control,  soil  &  plant  biology,  forensics,  and  counter-bioterror  applications.  Additionally,  major  new  market
opportunities have emerged in the use of our pressure-based technologies in the following areas: (1) the use of our recently acquired, patented technology from BaroFold, Inc.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(the “BaroFold” technology platform) to allow entry into the bio-pharma contract services sector, and (2) the use of our recently-patented, scalable, high-efficiency, pressure-
based  Ultra  Shear  Technology  (“UST”)  platform  to  (i)  create  stable  nanoemulsions  of  otherwise  immiscible  fluids  (e.g.,  oils  and  water)  and  to  (ii)  prepare  higher  quality,
homogenized, extended shelf-life or room temperature stable low-acid liquid foods that cannot be effectively preserved using existing non-thermal technologies.

Patents

PBI has 14 United States granted patents and one foreign granted patent (Japan: 5587770, EXTRACTION AND PARTITIONING OF MOLECULES) covering multiple

applications of PCT in the life sciences field. PBI also has 19 pending patents in the USA, Canada, Europe, Australia, China, and Taiwan.

37

Primary Fields of Use and Application for PCT

Sample preparation is widely regarded as a significant impediment to research and discovery and sample extraction is generally regarded as one of the key parts of sample
preparation.  The  process  of  preparing  samples  for  genomic,  proteomic,  lipidomic,  and  small  molecule  studies  includes  a  crucial  step  called  sample  extraction  or  sample
disruption. This is the process of extracting biomolecules such as nucleic acid i.e., DNA and/or RNA, proteins, lipids, or small molecules from the plant or animal cells and
tissues  that  are  being  studied.  Our  current  commercialization  efforts  are  based  upon  our  belief  that  pressure  cycling  technology  provides  a  superior  solution  for  sample
extraction when compared to other available technologies or procedures and thus might significantly improve the quality of sample preparation, and thus the quality of the test
result.

Within  the  broad  field  of  biological  sample  preparation,  in  particular  sample  extraction,  we  focus  the  majority  of  our  PCT  and  constant  pressure  (“CP”)  product
development efforts in three specific areas: biomarker discovery (primarily through mass spectrometric analysis), forensics, and histology. We believe that our existing PCT
and CP-based instrumentation and related consumable products fill an important and growing need in the sample preparation market for the safe, rapid, versatile, reproducible
and quality extraction of nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, and small molecules from a wide variety of plant, animal, and microbiological cells and tissues.

Biomarker Discovery and Precision Medicine

The most commonly used technique worldwide for the preservation of cancer and other tissues for long-term storage and subsequent pathology evaluation is to process
them into formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded (“FFPE”) samples. We believe that the quality and analysis of FFPE tissues is highly problematic, and that PCT offers significant
advantages over current processing methods, including standardization, speed, biomolecule recovery, and safety.

Our customers include researchers at academic laboratories, government agencies, biotechnology companies, pharmaceutical companies and other life science institutions
in  the Americas,  Europe, Asia, Africa  and Australia.  Our  goal  is  to  continue  aggressive  market  penetration  in  these  target  areas.  We  also  believe  that  there  is  a  significant
opportunity to sell and/or lease additional Barocycler® instrumentation to additional laboratories within current customer organizations.

If we are successful in commercializing PCT in applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample preparation, and if
we  are  successful  in  our  attempts  to  attract  additional  capital,  our  potential  customer  base  could  expand  to  include  hospitals,  reference  laboratories,  pharmaceutical
manufacturing plants and other sites involved in each specific application. If we are successful in forensics, our potential customers could be forensic laboratories, military and
other government agencies. If we are successful in biomarker discovery and precision medicine - specifically the extraction of biomolecules from FFPE tissues, our potential
customers  could  be  pharmaceutical  companies,  hospitals,  and  laboratories  focused  on  drug  discovery  or  differentiation  of  disease  states,  subtypes  and  susceptibility  to
alternative treatments.

Forensics

The  detection  of  DNA  has  become  a  part  of  the  analysis  of  forensic  samples  by  laboratories  and  criminal  justice  agencies  worldwide  in  their  efforts  to  identify  the
perpetrators of violent crimes and missing persons. Scientists from the University of North Texas and Florida International University have reported improvements in DNA
yield  from  forensic  samples  (e.g.,  bone  and  hair)  when  using  the  PCT  platform  in  the  sample  preparation  process.  We  believe  that  PCT  may  be  capable  of  differentially
extracting DNA from sperm cells and female epithelial cells captured in swabs collected from rape victims and subsequently stored in rape kits. We also believe that there are
many completed rape kits that remain untested for reasons such as cost, time and quality of results. We further believe that the ability to differentially extract DNA from sperm
and not epithelial cells could reduce the cost of such testing, while increasing the quality, safety and speed of the testing process.

38

Going Concern

We have experienced negative cash flows from operations since our inception. As of December 31, 2020, we did not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our
current  liabilities  and  as  a  result  we  have  substantial  doubt  about  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  Based  on  our  current  projections,  including  equity  financing
subsequent to December 31, 2020, we believe we will have the cash resources that will enable us to continue to fund normal operations into the foreseeable future.

The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm on our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020,
contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm for our
financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 states that our auditing firm has substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk
that  we  may  not  have  sufficient  cash  and  liquid  assets  to  cover  our  operating  and  capital  requirements  for  the  next  twelve-month  period;  and,  if  sufficient  cash  cannot  be
obtained,  we  would  have  to  substantially  alter,  or  possibly  even  discontinue,  operations.  The  accompanying  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  that  might
result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

The conditions described above could adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all, and may cause investors to have reservations
about our long-term prospects, and may adversely affect our relationships with customers. There can be no assurance that our auditing firm will not issue the same opinion in
the future. If we cannot successfully continue as a going concern, our stockholders may lose their entire investment in us.

39

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2020 as compared with December 31, 2019

Products and Services Revenue

Revenue from the sale of products and services was $1,220,591 in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with $1,809,993 in the year ended December 31, 2019, a

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33% decrease. This decrease was primarily attributable to the negative impact that the COVID-19 pandemic had on our operations and the operations of our customers. Revenue
included sales of both PBI and CS’s pressure-based products, and sales of Barofold Contract Services. Sales of instrumentation decreased in 2020 by $124,287 or 19%, from
$653,630  in  2019  to  $529,343  in  2020.  Sales  of  consumables  were  $204,889  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  compared  to  $298,385  for  the  same  period  in  2019,  a
decrease  of  $93,496  or  31%.  Sales  of  Barofold  Contract  Services  decreased  from  $380,800  in  2019  to  $160,085  in  2020.  Products,  Services,  and  Other  Revenue  included
$12,663 from non-cash transactions in the current year while the prior year included non-cash transactions of $59,456. Revenue from non-cash transactions was recognized
based on the carrying value of the assets involved per ASC 845.

Cost of Products and Services

The cost of products and services was $582,854 for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared with $1,197,061 in 2019. Our overall gross profit margin increased to

52% for the year ended December 31, 2020 from 34% for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses were $1,143,420 for 2020 compared to $1,157,222 in 2019, a decrease of $13,802 or 1%.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expenses were $649,783 in 2020 compared to $680,629 in 2019, a decrease of $30,846, or 5%.

General and Administrative

General and administrative costs were $3,430,321 in the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared with $4,580,615 in 2019, a decrease of $1,150,294 or 25%. The

decrease in General and Administrative expense is attributable to a $546,000 decrease in stock-based compensation and a $531,000 decrease in investor relations expense.

40

Operating Loss

Our operating loss was $4,585,787 for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $5,805,534 for the prior year, a decrease of $1,219,747 or 21%. This decrease in

operating loss was due primarily to lower general and administrative expenses.

Interest Expense

Interest  expense  totaled  $8,344,236  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  as  compared  to  interest  expense  of  $5,281,480  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019.  The

increase in interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the corresponding prior period is attributable to the increase in convertible and other debt.

Unrealized gain on investment in equity securities

Unrealized gain on investments in equity securities was $500,358 for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $4,018 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The

reported increase was attributable to the increase in the market price of the Company’s investment in Everest.

Loss on extinguishment of liabilities

In connection with payments of interest in common stock and debt extensions, we calculated net losses of $3,575,878 in the year ended December 31, 2020 and net losses
of  $795,089  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019.  The  increase  is  attributable  to  extension  fees  incurred  and  warrants  issued  for  the  recent  Standstill  and  forbearance
Agreements and other loan extensions and settlements of merchant loans.

Income Taxes

In the year ended December 31, 2020 we recorded a tax benefit of $0, compared a tax benefit of $217,168 in the year ended December 31, 2019. The change in the income

tax provision in 2020 was attributable to the 2019 recognition of a tax benefit for corporate alternative minimum tax paid in past years.

Net Loss attributable to common stockholders

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded a net loss attributable to common shareholders of $17,584,710 or ($5.32) per share, as compared with a net loss
available  to  common  shareholders  of  $15,868,083  or  ($7.98)  per  share  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019.  This  decrease  in  the  loss  per  share  is  attributable  to  the
reported $2.6 million deemed dividend on a beneficial conversion feature and a 66% increase in weighted average shares outstanding in the year ended December 31, 2020.

41

LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

As of December 31, 2020, we did not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our current liabilities. We have been successful in raising cash through debt and

equity offerings in the past. We have efforts in place to continue to raise cash through debt and equity offerings.

We believe our current and projected capital raising plans, and our projected continued increases in revenue, will enable us to extend our cash resources for the foreseeable
future. Although we have successfully completed equity and debt financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to address these matters in
the future will be successful.

We believe we will need approximately $12 million in additional capital to fund our three-pronged operational plan, which was designed to help increase revenues and

reach profitability, by:

A.

reducing/eliminating debt and cleaning up the balance sheet;

B.

funding UST development, instrument build and commercialization;

C.

facilitating up-listing PBIO to a major exchange; and

D. providing a minimum of two years of operational and growth capital

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
However, if we are unable to obtain such funds through sales, the capital markets or other source of financing on acceptable terms, or at all, we will likely be required to
cease our operations, pursue a plan to sell our operating assets, or otherwise modify our business strategy, which could materially harm our future business prospects. These
conditions raise substantive doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Net cash used in operating activities was $4,883,194 for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared with $6,327,578 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 totaled $796,663 compared to $23,375 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Cash capital

expenditures in the current year included loan advances to our pending merger partner and purchases of laboratory and technology equipment.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $5,668,772 as compared with $6,277,460 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

In 2020,

A $150,000 in aggregate net proceeds were raised from sale of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock

B Loans in the aggregate amount of $9,871,039 were received during the year and we made payments on new and existing debt of $4,352,267.

Our common stock is currently traded on the OTCQB tier of the OTC Markets under the trading symbol “PBIO.”

42

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Battelle Memorial Institute

In  December  2008,  we  entered  into  an  exclusive  patent  license  agreement  with  the  Battelle  Memorial  Institute  (“Battelle”).  The  licensed  technology  is  described  in  the
patent application filed by Battelle on July 31, 2008 (US serial number 12/183,219). This application includes subject matter related to a method and a system for improving the
analysis of protein samples including, through an automated system, utilizing pressure and a pre-selected agent to obtain a digested sample in a significantly shorter period of
time than current methods, while maintaining the integrity of the sample throughout the preparatory process. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we paid Battelle a non-
refundable initial fee of $35,000. In addition to royalty payments on net sales on “licensed products,” we are obligated to make minimum royalty payments for each year we
retain the rights outlined in the patent license agreement; and, we are required to have our first commercial sale of the licensed products within one year following the issuance
of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-negotiating the terms of the contract in 2013, the minimum annual royalty was $1,200 in 2014 and $2,000 in 2015; the
minimum royalties were $3,000 in 2016, $4,000 in 2017 and $5,000 in 2018 and each calendar year thereafter during the term of the agreement.

Target Discovery Inc.

In March 2010, we signed a strategic product licensing, manufacturing, co-marketing, and collaborative research and development agreement with Target Discovery Inc.
(“TDI”), a related party. Under the terms of the agreement, we have been licensed by TDI to manufacture and sell a highly innovative line of chemicals used in the preparation
of tissues for scientific analysis (“TDI reagents”).  The  TDI  reagents  were  designed  for  use  in  combination  with  our  pressure  cycling  technology.  The  respective  companies
believe that the combination of PCT and the TDI reagents can fill an existing need in life science research for an automated method for rapid extraction and recovery of intact,
functional  proteins  associated  with  cell  membranes  in  tissue  samples.  We  did  not  incur  any  royalty  obligation  under  this  agreement  in  2017  or  2016.  We  executed  an
amendment to this agreement on October 1, 2016 wherein we agreed to pay a monthly fee of $1,400 for the use of a lab bench, shared space and other utilities, and $2,000 per
day  for  technical  support  services  as  needed.  Mr.  Jeffrey  N.  Peterson,  the  chief  executive  officer  of  TDI,  has  served  as  a  director  of  the  Company  since  July  2011  and  as
Chairman of the Board starting in 2012.

43

Severance and Change of Control Agreements

Each of Mr. Schumacher, Dr. Ting, and Dr. Lazarev, executive officers of the Company, are entitled to receive a severance payment if terminated by us without cause. The
severance  benefits  would  include  a  payment  in  an  amount  equal  to  one  year  of  such  executive  officer’s  annualized  base  salary  compensation  plus  accrued  paid  time  off.
Additionally, the officer will be entitled to receive medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Pursuant to severance agreements with each of Mr. Schumacher, Dr. Ting, and Dr. Lazarev, each such executive officer is entitled to receive a change of control payment in
an  amount  equal  to  one  year  (other  than  Mr.  Schumacher)  of  such  executive  officer’s  annualized  base  salary  compensation,  accrued  paid  time  off,  and  medical  and  dental
coverage,  in  the  event  the  officer  is  terminated  as  a  result  of  a  change  of  control  of  our  Company.  In  the  case  of  Mr.  Schumacher,  his  payment  is  equal  to  two  years  of
annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and two years of medical and dental coverage.

Pursuant to our equity incentive plans, any unvested stock options held by a named executive officer will become fully vested upon a change in control (as defined in the

2005 Equity Incentive Plan) of our Company.

Lease Commitments

We lease building space under non-cancelable leases in South Easton, MA and lab space in Medford, MA. Rental costs are expensed as incurred. During 2020 and 2019 we

incurred $182,783 and $181,106, respectively, in rent expense for the use of our corporate office and research and development facilities.

Following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases with initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one

year as of December 31, 2020:

2021
2022
2023
Thereafter

  $

  $

170,783 
87,383 
87,383 
- 
345,549 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary PBI BioSeq, Inc. All intercompany accounts and

transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

To prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, we are required to make
significant  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  In  addition,  significant  estimates  were  made  in  projecting  future  cash  flows  to
quantify deferred tax assets, the costs associated with fulfilling our warranty obligations for the instruments that we sell, and the estimates employed in our calculation of fair
value  of  stock  options  awarded  and  warrant  derivative  liability.  We  base  our  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on  various  other  assumptions  that  we  believe  to  be
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent
from other sources. Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used.

44

Revenue Recognition

We  recognize  revenue  in  accordance  with  FASB ASC  606, ASC  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers, and ASC  340-40,  Other  Assets  and  Deferred  Costs—
Contracts with Customers. Revenue is measured based on a consideration specified in a contract with a customer, and excludes any sales incentives and amounts collected on
behalf of third parties. We enter into sales contracts that may consist of multiple distinct performance obligations where certain performance obligations of the sales contract are
not delivered in one reporting period. We measure and allocate revenue according to ASC 606-10.

We identify a performance obligation as distinct if both the following criteria are true: the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with
other resources that are readily available to the customer and the entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in
the contract. Determining the standalone selling price (“SSP”) and allocation of consideration from a contract to the individual performance obligations, and the appropriate
timing of revenue recognition, is the result of significant qualitative and quantitative judgments. Management considers a variety of factors such as historical sales, usage rates,
costs, and expected margin, which may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each performance obligation in making these estimates.
While  changes  in  the  allocation  of  the  SSP  between  performance  obligations  will  not  affect  the  amount  of  total  revenue  recognized  for  a  particular  contract,  any  material
changes could impact the timing of revenue recognition, which would have a material effect on our financial position and result of  operations.  This  is  because  the  contract
consideration is allocated to each performance obligation, delivered or undelivered, at the inception of the contract based on the SSP of each distinct performance obligation.

Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction, that are collected by the Company from

a customer, are excluded from revenue.

Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight after control over a product has transferred to a customer are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are in

included in cost of revenues as consistent with treatment in prior periods.

Our  current  Barocycler®  instruments  require  a  basic  level  of  instrumentation  expertise  to  set-up  for  initial  operation.  To  support  a  favorable  first  experience  for  our
customers, upon customer request, and for an additional fee, will send a highly trained technical representative to the customer site to install Barocyclers® that we sell, lease, or
rent through our domestic sales force. The installation process includes uncrating and setting up the instrument, followed by introductory user training. Our sales arrangements
do not provide our customers with a right of return. Any shipping costs billed to customers are recognized as revenue.

The majority of our instrument and consumable contracts contain pricing that is based on the market price for the product at the time of delivery. Our obligations to deliver
product volumes are typically satisfied and revenue is recognized when control of the product transfers to our customers. Concurrent with the transfer of control, we typically
receive the right to payment for the shipped product and the customer has significant risks and rewards of ownership of the product. Payment terms require customers to pay
shortly after delivery and do not contain significant financing components.

Revenue from scientific services customers is recognized upon completion of each stage of service as defined in service agreements.

We apply ASC 845, “Accounting for Non-Monetary Transactions”, to account for products and services sold through non-cash transactions based on the fair values of the
products and services involved, where such values can be determined. Non-cash exchanges would require revenue to be recognized at recorded cost or carrying value of the
assets or services sold if any of the following conditions apply:

a) The fair value of the asset or service involved is not determinable.

b) The transaction is an exchange of a product or property held for sale in the ordinary course of business for a product or property to be sold in the same line of business to

facilitate sales to customers other than the parties to the exchange.

c) The transaction lacks commercial substance.

We currently record revenue for non-cash transactions at recorded cost or carrying value of the assets or services sold.

We account for lease agreements of our instruments in accordance with ASC 842, Leases. We record revenue over the life of the lease term and we record depreciation
expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  thirty-six-month  estimated  useful  life  of  the  Barocycler®  instrument.  The  depreciation  expense  associated  with  assets  under  lease
agreement  is  included  in  the  “Cost  of  PCT  products  and  services”  line  item  in  our  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Many  of  our  lease  and  rental
agreements  allow  the  lessee  to  purchase  the  instrument  at  any  point  during  the  term  of  the  agreement  with  partial  or  full  credit  for  payments  previously  made.  We  pay  all
maintenance costs associated with the instrument during the term of the leases.

Revenue from government grants is recorded when expenses are incurred under the grant in accordance with the terms of the grant award.

45

Deferred  revenue  represents  amounts  received  from  grants  and  service  contracts  for  which  the  related  revenues  have  not  been  recognized  because  one  or  more  of  the

revenue recognition criteria have not been met. Revenue from service contracts is recorded ratably over the length of the contract.

Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations

The following table includes estimated revenue expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) at

the end of the reporting period.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In thousands of US dollars ($)

Extended warranty service

2021

2022

Total

47   

20   

67 

All consideration from contracts with customers is included in the amounts presented above.

Contract Costs

The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise
would have recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses. The costs to obtain a contract are recorded immediately in
the period when the revenue is recognized either upon shipment or installation. The costs to obtain a service contract are considered immaterial when spread over the life of the
contract so the Company records the costs immediately upon billing.

Intangible Assets

We have classified as intangible assets, costs associated with the fair value of acquired intellectual property. Intangible assets, including patents, are being amortized on a
straight-line basis over sixteen years. We perform an annual review of our intangible assets for impairment. When impairment is indicated, any excess of carrying value over fair
value is recorded as a loss. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the outstanding balance for intangible assets was $490,385 and $576,923, respectively.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company’s long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment in accordance with the guidance of the FASB ASC 360-10-05, Property, Plant, and Equipment, whenever
events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  Recoverability  of  an  asset  to  be  held  and  used  is  measured  by  a
comparison  of  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  to  the  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  expected  to  be  generated  by  the  asset.  If  such  asset  is  considered  to  be  impaired,  the
impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Through December 31, 2020, the Company had not
experienced  impairment  losses  on  its  long-lived  assets.  While  our  current  and  historical  operating  losses  and  cash  flow  are  indicators  of  impairment,  we  performed  an
impairment test at December 31, 2020 and determined that such long-lived assets were not impaired.

Beneficial Conversion Features

In accordance with FASB ASC 470-20, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options” the Company records a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) related to the issuance of
convertible  debt  or  preferred  stock  instruments  that  have  conversion  features  at  fixed  rates  that  are  in-the-money  when  issued.  The  BCF  for  the  convertible  instruments  is
recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds equal to the intrinsic value of that feature to additional paid-in capital. The intrinsic value is generally calculated
at  the  commitment  date  as  the  difference  between  the  conversion  price  and  the  fair  value  of  the  common  stock  or  other  securities  into  which  the  security  is  convertible,
multiplied by the number of shares into which the security is convertible. If certain other securities are issued with the convertible security, the proceeds are allocated among the
different components. The portion of the proceeds allocated to the convertible security is divided by the contractual number of the conversion shares to determine the effective
conversion price, which is used to measure the BCF. The effective conversion price is used to compute the intrinsic value. The value of the BCF is limited to the basis that is
initially allocated to the convertible security.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain allowances for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. Judgments are used in determining the allowance for
doubtful  accounts  and  are  based  on  a  combination  of  factors.  Such  factors  include  historical  collection  experience,  credit  policy  and  specific  customer  collection  issues.  In
circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to us (e.g., due to a bankruptcy filing), we record a specific reserve for bad
debts  against  amounts  due  to  reduce  the  net  recognized  receivable  to  the  amount  we  reasonably  believe  will  be  collected.  We  perform  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of  our
customers and continuously monitor collections and payments from our customers. While actual bad debts have historically been within our expectations and the provisions
established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same bad debt rates that we have in the past. A significant change in the liquidity or financial position
of any of our customers could result in the uncollectability of the related accounts receivable and could adversely impact our operating cash flows in that period.

46

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (average cost) or market (sales price). The cost of Barocyclers consists of the cost charged by the contract manufacturer. The cost
of manufactured goods includes material, freight-in, direct labor, and applicable overhead. In assessing the ultimate realization of inventories, management judgment is required
to determine the reserve for obsolete or excess inventory. Inventory on hand may exceed future demand either because the product is obsolete, or because the amount on hand is
more than can be used to meet future needs. We provide for the total value of inventories that we determine to be obsolete or excess based on criteria such as customer demand
and changing technologies. We historically have not experienced significant inaccuracies in computing our reserves for obsolete or excess inventory.

Equity Transactions

We  evaluate  the  proper  classification  of  our  equity  instruments  that  embody  an  unconditional  obligation  requiring  the  issuer  to  redeem  it  by  transferring  assets  at  a
determinable date or that contain certain conditional obligations, typically classified as equity, be classified as a liability. We record amortized financing costs associated with
our  capital  raising  efforts  in  our  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  These  include  amortization  of  debt  issue  costs  such  as  cash,  common  stock  and  warrants  and  other
securities issued to finders and placement agents, and amortization of debt discount created by in-the-money conversion features on convertible debt and allocates the proceeds
amongst the securities based on relative fair values. We based our estimates and assumptions on the best information available at the time of valuation; however, changes in
these estimates and assumptions could have a material effect on the valuation of the underlying instruments.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for employee and non-employee director stock-based compensation using the fair value method of accounting. Compensation cost arising from stock options to
employees and non-employee directors is recognized using the straight-line method over the vesting period, which represents the requisite service or performance period. The
calculation of stock-based compensation requires us to estimate several factors, most notably the term, volatility and forfeitures. We estimate the option term using historical
terms and estimate volatility based on historical volatility of our common stock over the option’s expected term. Expected forfeitures based on historical forfeitures are used in
calculating the expense related to stock-based compensation associated with stock awards. Our estimates and assumptions are based on the best information available at the time
of valuation; however, changes in these estimates and assumptions could have a material effect on the valuation of the underlying instruments.

Recent Accounting Standards

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date.
The Company believes that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations
upon adoption.

 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Not Applicable

47

 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pressure Biosciences, Inc. and its subsidiary (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and
2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred
to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020
and 2019, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.

Going Concern Matter

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the
Company has a working capital deficit, has incurred recurring net losses and negative cash flows from operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about its ability to
continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might
result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our
audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with
respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an
audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

Critical  audit  matters  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  were  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit
committee  and  that:  (1)  relate  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex
judgements. We determined that there are no critical audit matters.

/s/ MaloneBailey, LLP
www.malonebailey.com
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.
Houston, Texas
April 15, 2021

48

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable
Inventories, net of $342,496 reserve at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Investment in equity securities
Property and equipment, net
Right of use asset leases
Intangible assets, net
TOTAL ASSETS

CURRENT LIABILITIES

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

$

$

18,540   
131,228   
592,767   
314,936   
1,057,471   

517,001   
16,490   
221,432   
490,385   
2,302,779   

$

$

29,625 
229,402 
617,716 
213,549 
1,090,292 

16,643 
55,590 
76,586 
576,923 
1,816,034 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation
Accrued professional fees and other
Other current liabilities
Deferred revenue
Convertible debt, net of unamortized discounts of $3,948,167 and $619,227, respectively

Other debt, net of unamortized discounts of $0 and $1,769, respectively
Operating lease liability
Other related party debt

Total current liabilities
LONG TERM LIABILITIES
Long term debt
Operating lease liability – long term
Deferred revenue
TOTAL LIABILITIES
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 8)
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 850 shares authorized; 300 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively (Liquidation value of $300,000)
Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 240,000 shares authorized; 80,570 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 10,000 shares authorized; 10,000 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 21 shares authorized; 21 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 6,250 shares authorized; 3,458 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 15,000 shares authorized; 6,880 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 10,000 shares authorized; 8,043 and 7,939 shares
issued and outstanding on December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

Common stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 4,168,324 and 2,549,620 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2020 and 2019 respectively
Warrants to acquire common stock
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ deficit

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

$

$

$

771,945   
417,578   
2,037,806   
6,330,722   
47,328   
7,545,670   

1,135,469   
65,193   
166,000   
18,517,711   

527,039   
156,239   
19,382   
19,220,371   

3   

806   

100   

-   

35   

68   

81   

815,764 
451,200 
1,658,452 
2,949,621 
23,248 
6,121,338 

1,675,667 
76,586 
81,500 
13,853,376 

- 
- 
18,065 
13,871,441 

3 

806 

100 

- 

35 

68 

80 

41,683   
29,192,471   
50,312,968   
(96,465,807)  
(16,917,592)  
2,302,779   

$

25,496 
22,599,177 
44,261,105 
(78,942,277)
(12,055,407)
1,816,034 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

49

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

Revenue:
Products, services, other

Costs and expenses:
Cost of products and services
Research and development
Selling and marketing
General and administrative

Total operating costs and expenses

Operating loss

Other (expense) income:
Interest expense, net
Unrealized gain on investment in equity securities
Loss on extinguishment of liabilities

Total other expense

Income tax benefit

Net loss

Deemed dividends on beneficial conversion feature
Preferred stock dividends

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

Net loss per share - basic and diluted

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

$

1,220,591   

$

1,809,993 

582,854   
1,143,420   
649,783   
3,430,321   
5,806,378   

1,197,061 
1,157,222 
680,629 
4,580,615 
7,615,527 

(4,585,787)  

(5,805,534)

(8,344,236)  
500,358   
(3,575,878)  
(11,419,756)  
-   

(5,281,480)
4,018 
(795,089)
(6,072,551)
217,168 

(16,005,543)  

$

(11,660,917)

(61,180)  
(1,517,987)  
(17,584,710)  

(5.32)  

$

$

(2,653,344)
(1,553,822)
(15,868,083)

(7.98)

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
Weighted average common stock shares outstanding used in the basic and diluted net loss per share
calculation

3,304,187   

1,987,606 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

50

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

Series D
Preferred Stock

Series G
Preferred Stock

Series H
Preferred Stock

Series H(2)
Preferred Stock

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

BALANCE, December 31, 2019

Stock-based compensation
Beneficial conversion feature on debt
Beneficial conversion option on convertible preferred
stock
Deemed dividend-beneficial conversion feature
Common stock issued for debt settlement
Conversion of debt and interest for common stock
Conversion of debt into Series AA convertible
preferred stock
Issuance of common stock for dividends paid-in-kind
Issuance of common stock for interest paid-in-kind
Issuance of common stock for services
Issuance of common stock to settle accrued liabilities
Preferred Stock offering
Series AA Preferred Stock dividend
Common stock issued with debt
Warrants issued for debt extension
Warrants issued for debt settlement
Warrants issued with debt
Net loss
 BALANCE, December 31, 2020

  $

300 
- 
- 

    3 
- 
- 

  $

80,570 
- 
- 

  806 
- 
- 

  $

10,000 
- 
- 

  100 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
300 

  $

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
3 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
80,570 

  $

51

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
806 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
10,000 

  $

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
100 

21 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
21 

  $

  $

   - 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Series J
Preferred Stock

Series K
Preferred Stock

Series AA
Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

BALANCE, December 31, 2019

Stock-based compensation
Beneficial conversion feature on debt
Beneficial conversion option on convertible preferred
stock
Deemed dividend-beneficial conversion feature
Common stock issued for debt settlement
Conversion of debt and interest for common stock
Conversion of debt into Series AA convertible
preferred stock
Issuance of common stock for dividends paid-in-kind
Issuance of common stock for interest paid-in-kind
Issuance of common stock for services
Issuance of common stock to settle accrued liabilities
Preferred Stock offering
Series AA Preferred Stock dividend
Common stock issued with debt
Warrants issued for debt extension
Warrants issued for debt settlement
Warrants issued with debt
Net loss
 BALANCE, December 31, 2020

  $

3,458 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
3,458 

  $

35 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
35 

  $

6,880 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
6,880 

  $

52

68 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
68 

7,939 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

44 
- 
- 
- 
- 
60 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
8,043 

  $

80 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
81 

Shares
2,549,620 
- 
- 

  $

- 
- 
188,778 
871,309 

- 
122,135 
134,482 
76,800 
66,500 
- 
- 
158,700 
- 
- 
- 
- 
4,168,324 

  $

Amount

25,496 
- 
- 

- 
- 
1,888 
8,712 

- 
1,222 
1,345 
768 
665 
- 
- 
1,587 
- 
- 
- 
- 
41,683 

Stock
Warrants

Additional Paid-In  
Capital

Accumulated other 
comprehensive
loss

BALANCE, December 31, 2019

$

Stock-based compensation
Beneficial conversion feature on debt
Beneficial conversion option on convertible preferred stock  
Deemed dividend-beneficial conversion feature
Common stock issued for debt settlement
Conversion of debt and interest for common stock
Conversion of debt into Series AA convertible preferred
stock
Issuance of common stock for dividends paid-in-kind
Issuance of common stock for interest paid-in-kind
Issuance of common stock for services
Issuance of common stock to settle accrued liabilities

$

22,599,177 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

38,783 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$

44,261,105 
488,792 
1,756,311 
61,180 
(61,180)  
372,662 
2,211,730 

71,217 
298,487 
253,914 
178,309 
127,190 

- 
         - 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Accumulated
Deficit

$

(78,942,277)  

$

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Total
Stockholders’
Deficit

 (12,055,407)
488,792 
1,756,311 
61,180 
(61,180)
374,550 
2,220,442 

110,000 
299,709 
255,259 
179,077 
127,855 

 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred Stock offering
Series AA Preferred Stock dividend
Common stock issued with debt
Warrants issued for debt extension
Warrants issued for debt settlement
Warrants issued with debt
Net loss
 BALANCE, December 31, 2020

69,580 
- 
- 
1,282,560 
338,412 
4,863,959 
- 
29,192,471 

$

80,419 
- 
212,832 
- 
- 
- 
- 
50,312,968 

$

$

53

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

(1,517,987)  

- 
- 
- 
- 

(16,005,543)  
(96,465,807)  

$

$

150,000 
(1,517,987)
214,419 
1,282,560 
338,412 
4,863,959 
(16,005,543)
(16,917,592)

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

Series D Preferred 
Stock

Shares

Amount

Series G Preferred Stock    
Shares

    Amount

Series H Preferred Stock     Series H(2) Preferred Stock 
Shares

    Amount

    Amount

Shares

BALANCE, December 31, 2018

Stock-based compensation
Issuance of common stock for services

Beneficial conversion feature on Series AA
convertible preferred stock

Series AA Preferred stock dividend
Issuance of common stock for dividends paid-in-
kind

Beneficial conversion feature on debt

Deemed dividend-beneficial conversion feature
Conversion of Series AA convertible preferred
stock
Preferred stock offering

Conversion of debt and interest for common
stock

Common stock issued for debt extension
Common stock warrants issued for debt extension 
Common stock issued with debt
Warrants issued with debt
Offering costs for issuance of preferred stock
Net loss
BALANCE, December 31, 2019

  $

300 
- 
- 

     3     
-     
-     

80,570    $
-     
-     

806     
-     
-     

10,000    $
-     
-     

100     
-     
-     

21    $
-     
-     

         - 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
300 

  $

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
3     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
80,570    $

54

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
806     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
10,000    $

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
100     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
21    $

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

BALANCE, December 31, 2018

Stock-based compensation
Issuance of common stock for services

Beneficial conversion feature on Series AA
convertible preferred stock

Series AA Preferred stock dividend
Issuance of common stock for dividends paid-in-
kind

Beneficial conversion feature on debt

Deemed dividend-beneficial conversion feature
Conversion of Series AA convertible preferred
stock
Preferred stock offering

Conversion of debt and interest for common
stock

Common stock issued for debt extension
Common stock warrants issued for debt extension 
Common stock issued with debt
Warrants issued with debt
Offering costs for issuance of preferred stock
Net loss
BALANCE, December 31, 2019

BALANCE, December 31, 2018

Series J Preferred 
Stock

Shares

3,458 
- 
- 

  Amount
  $

   35     
-     
-     

Series K Preferred Stock     Series AA Preferred Stock    
Shares

    Amount

Amount

Shares

Common Stock

Shares

    Amount

6,880    $
-     
-     

68     
-     
-     

6,499    $
-     
-     

    65      1,684,182    $
-     
139,000     

-     
-     

16,842 
- 
1,390 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
3,458 

  $

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
6,880    $

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
35     

55

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
68     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

(16)    
1,456     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
7,939    $

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

81,767     
-     
-     

-     
15     

16,000     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

126,200     
422,234     
-     
80,237     
-     
-     
-     
80      2,549,620    $

- 
- 

818 
- 
- 

160 
- 

1,262 
4,222 
- 
802 
- 
- 
- 
25,496 

Additional Paid-
In Capital

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss

$

39,777,301   

$

            -   

$

Accumulated
Deficit
(65,727,538)  

Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
(6,125,071)

$

Stock Warrants  
19,807,247 

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
Issuance of common stock for services

Beneficial conversion feature on Series AA convertible
preferred stock

Series AA Preferred stock dividend
Issuance of common stock for dividends paid-in-kind

Beneficial conversion feature on debt

Deemed dividend-beneficial conversion feature
Conversion of Series AA convertible preferred stock
Preferred stock offering

Conversion of debt and interest for common stock

Common stock issued for debt extension
Common stock warrants issued for debt extension
Common stock issued with debt
Warrants issued with debt
Offering costs for issuance of preferred stock
Net loss
BALANCE, December 31, 2019

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1,902,352 
- 
- 
275,307 
- 
208,714 
405,557 
- 
22,599,177 

$

$

56

1,117,277   
397,210   

2,653,344   
-   
204,282   
558,903   
(2,653,344)  
(160)  
1,736,551   
355,248   
644,796   
-   
239,073   
-   
(769,376)  
-   
44,261,105   

$

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

$

-   
-   

-   
(1,553,822)  
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
(11,660,917)  
(78,942,277)  

$

1,117,277 
398,600 

2,653,344 
(1,553,822)
205,100 
558,903 
(2,653,344)
- 
3,638,918 
356,510 
649,018 
275,307 
239,875 
208,714 
(363,819)
(11,660,917)
(12,055,407)

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Non-cash lease expense
Common stock issued for interest and extension fees
Depreciation and amortization
Inventory reserve
Accretion of discount on loan receivable
Accretion of interest and amortization of debt discount
Gain on investment in equity securities
Loss on extinguishment of accrued liabilities and debt
Stock-based compensation expense
Common stock issued for services
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation

Operating lease liability
Deferred revenue and other accrued expenses

Net cash used in operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Advance on loan receivable
Purchases of property plant and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Proceeds from related party debt
Payment on related party debt
Net proceeds from convertible debt
Payments on convertible debt
Net proceeds from non-convertible debt
Payments on non-convertible debt
Net proceeds from the issuance of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock

Net cash provided by financing activities

NET (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Interest paid in cash

NON CASH TRANSACTIONS:

Conversion of debt for Series AA preferred stock
Discount due to beneficial conversion feature
Discount from warrants issued with debt
Common stock issued in lieu of cash for dividend
Common stock issued with debt
Common stock issued to settle accrued liabilities
Common stock issued for debt settlement

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

$

(16,005,543)  

$

(11,660,917)

76,586   
255,259   
127,301   
-   
(6,250)  
5,436,863   
(500,358)  
1,036,638   
488,792   
179,077   

98,174   
24,949   
(101,387)  
(43,819)  

(33,622)  
(76,586)  
4,160,732   
(4,883,194)  

(795,000)  
(1,663)  
(796,663)  

283,700   
(199,200)  
8,296,800   
(2,857,007)  
1,290,539   
(1,296,060)  
150,000   
5,668,772   

(11,085)  
29,625   
18,540   

$

59,799 
- 
123,596 
68,949 
- 
1,353,483 
- 
795,089 
1,117,277 
398,600 

245,428 
78,814 
(42,815)
156,908 

(5,732)
(59,799)
1,043,742 
(6,327,578)

- 
(23,375)
(23,375)

259,500 
(193,000)
6,585,300 
(4,396,485)
2,981,750 
(2,234,704)
3,275,099 
6,277,460 

(73,493)
103,118 
29,625 

764,600   

$

3,266,399 

110,000   
1,756,311   
4,863,959   
299,709   
214,419   
127,855   
374,550   

- 
558,903 
208,714 
205,100 
239,875 
- 
- 

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Conversion of preferred stock into common stock
Conversion of debt and interest into common stock
Preferred stock dividend
Deemed dividend-beneficial conversion feature
Loan extension fees and interest added to principal
Recognition of right of use asset and liability

-   
2,220,442   
1,517,987   
61,180   
152,552   
221,432    

160 
356,510 
1,553,822 
2,653,344 
- 
–  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

57

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Business Overview

Pressure Biosciences, Inc. (“we”, “our”, “the Company”) develops and sells innovative, broadly enabling, pressure-based platform solutions for the worldwide life sciences
industry. Our solutions are based on the unique properties of both constant (i.e., static) and alternating (i.e., pressure cycling technology, or “PCT”) hydrostatic pressure. PCT is
a  patented  enabling  technology  platform  that  uses  alternating  cycles  of  hydrostatic  pressure  between  ambient  and  ultra-high  levels  to  safely  and  reproducibly  control  bio-
molecular interactions (e.g., cell lysis, biomolecule extraction). Our primary focus has been in the development of PCT-based products for biomarker and target discovery, drug
design and development, biotherapeutics characterization and quality control, soil & plant biology, forensics, and counter-bioterror applications. Additionally, major new market
opportunities have emerged in the use of our pressure-based technologies in the following areas: (1) the use of our recently acquired, patented technology from BaroFold, Inc.
(the “BaroFold” technology) to allow entry into the bio-pharma contract services sector, and (2) the use of our recently-patented, scalable, high-efficiency, pressure-based Ultra
Shear Technology (“UST”) platform to (i) create stable nanoemulsions of otherwise immiscible fluids (e.g., oils and water) and to (ii) prepare higher quality, homogenized,
extended shelf-life or room temperature stable low-acid liquid foods that cannot be effectively preserved using existing non-thermal technologies.

(2) Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and
the  liquidation  of  liabilities  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  However,  we  have  experienced  negative  cash  flows  from  operations  with  respect  to  our  pressure  cycling
technology business since our inception. As of December 31, 2020, we do not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our current liabilities and as a result, there is
substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. We have been successful in raising cash through debt and equity offerings in the past and as described in
Notes 10 and 11, completed debt financing subsequent to December 31, 2020. We have financing efforts in place to continue to raise cash through debt and equity offerings.

Management has developed a plan to continue operations. This plan includes obtaining equity or debt financing. During the year ended December 31, 2020 we received
$9,871,039 net proceeds in additional convertible and non-convertible debt. We also received $150,000 in net proceeds from the sale of Series AA Preferred Stock during the
year. Although we have successfully completed financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to address these matters in the future will be
successful.

Management’s plans to alleviate these conditions that raise substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern include pursuing one or more

of the following options to raise additional funding, none of which can be guaranteed or are entirely within the Company’s control:

● Raise funding through the possible additional sales of the Company’s common stock, including public or private equity financings.

● Raise additional loan funding.

● Continue to seek partners to advance the PCT, BaroFold, and UST technology platforms.

●

●

Earn payments pursuant to potential collaboration and license agreements for BaroFold patents. 

Seek strategic direct equity investments from existing multiple partners

58

There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will receive cash proceeds from any of these potential resources or, to the extent cash proceeds are received, those

proceeds would be sufficient to support the Company’s operations for at least the next twelve months from the date of filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Generally,  management’s  plans  must  be  approved  before  the  date  the  financial  statements  are  issued  to  be  considered  probable  of  being  effectively  implemented.  The
future receipt of potential funding from the Company’s collaborators and other resources is not considered probable at this time because none of the Company’s current plans
have been finalized at the time of filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Accordingly, substantial doubt is deemed to exist about the Company’s ability to continue as a going
concern within one year after the date these financial statements are issued.

The Company believes that its $18,540 in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2020 and additional debt and equity financings would allow it to fund its planned
operations  into  the  first  quarter  of  2021.  This  estimate  assumes  no  additional  funding  from  new  partnership  agreements,  and  no  accelerated  repayment  of  its  term  loans.
Accordingly,  the  timing  and  nature  of  activities  contemplated  for  the  remainder  of  2021  and  thereafter  will  be  conducted  subject  to  the  availability  of  sufficient  financial
resources.

If the Company is unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, or if it is unable to procure partnership arrangements to advance its programs, the Company

would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate its research and development programs and any future commercialization efforts.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on  a  going  concern  basis,  which  contemplates  the  realization  of  assets  and  satisfaction  of  liabilities  in  the
ordinary course of business. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts
and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of the uncertainties described above.

(3) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

i. Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary PBI BioSeq, Inc. All intercompany accounts and

transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ii. Use of Estimates

To prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, we are required to make
significant  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  In  addition,  significant  estimates  were  made  in  projecting  future  cash  flows  to
quantify impairment of assets, deferred tax assets, the costs associated with fulfilling our warranty obligations for the instruments that we sell, and the estimates employed in
our calculation of fair value of stock options awarded, beneficial conversion features and derivative liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various
other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used.

iii Recent Accounting Pronouncement

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The standard is effective for the Company for interim and annual

periods beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is evaluating the impact of this standard on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In  December  2019,  the  FASB,  issued ASU  2019-12,  Simplifying  the Accounting  for  Income  Taxes.  The  standard  is  effective  for  the  Company  for  interim  and  annual
periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2020  for  the  Company  and  for  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2021  and  interim  periods  beginning  after  December  15,
2022. The Company is evaluating the impact of this standard on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August  2020,  the  Financial Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued ASU  2020-06,  Debt  with  Conversion  and  Other  Options  and  Derivatives  and  Hedging  -
Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. The standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023 for the Company. The Company is evaluating the
impact of this standard on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

59

iv. Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with FASB ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and ASC 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs—Contracts with
Customers. Revenue is measured based on a consideration specified in a contract with a customer, and excludes any sales incentives and amounts collected on behalf of third
parties. We enter into sales contracts that may consist of multiple distinct performance obligations where certain performance obligations of the sales contract are not delivered
in one reporting period. We measure and allocate revenue according to ASC 606-10.

We identify a performance obligation as distinct if both the following criteria are true: the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with
other resources that are readily available to the customer and the entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in
the contract. Determining the standalone selling price (“SSP”) and allocation of consideration from a contract to the individual performance obligations, and the appropriate
timing of revenue recognition, is the result of significant qualitative and quantitative judgments. Management considers a variety of factors such as historical sales, usage rates,
costs, and expected margin, which may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each performance obligation in making these estimates.
While  changes  in  the  allocation  of  the  SSP  between  performance  obligations  will  not  affect  the  amount  of  total  revenue  recognized  for  a  particular  contract,  any  material
changes could impact the timing of revenue recognition, which would have a material effect on our financial position and result of  operations.  This  is  because  the  contract
consideration is allocated to each performance obligation, delivered or undelivered, at the inception of the contract based on the SSP of each distinct performance obligation.

Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction, that are collected by the Company from

a customer, are excluded from revenue.

Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight after control over a product has transferred to a customer are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are in

included in cost of revenues as consistent with treatment in prior periods.

Our  current  Barocycler®  instruments  require  a  basic  level  of  instrumentation  expertise  to  set-up  for  initial  operation.  To  support  a  favorable  first  experience  for  our
customers, upon customer request, and for an additional fee, we will send a highly trained technical representative to the customer site to install Barocyclers® that we sell, lease,
or  rent  through  our  domestic  sales  force.  The  installation  process  includes  uncrating  and  setting  up  the  instrument,  followed  by  introductory  user  training.  Our  sales
arrangements do not provide our customers with a right of return. Any shipping costs billed to customers are recognized as revenue.

The majority of our instrument and consumable contracts contain pricing that is based on the market price for the product at the time of delivery. Our obligations to deliver
product volumes are typically satisfied and revenue is recognized when control of the product transfers to our customers. Concurrent with the transfer of control, we typically
receive the right to payment for the shipped product and the customer has significant risks and rewards of ownership of the product. Payment terms require customers to pay
shortly after delivery and do not contain significant financing components.

Revenue from scientific services customers is recognized upon completion of each stage of service as defined in service agreements.

We apply ASC 845, “Accounting for Non-Monetary Transactions”, to account for products and services sold through non-cash transactions based on the fair values of the
products and services involved, where such values can be determined. Non-cash exchanges would require revenue to be recognized at recorded cost or carrying value of the
assets or services sold if any of the following conditions apply:

a) The fair value of the asset or service involved is not determinable.

b) The transaction is an exchange of a product or property held for sale in the ordinary course of business for a product or property to be sold in the same line of business to

facilitate sales to customers other than the parties to the exchange.

c) The transaction lacks commercial substance.

We recognize revenue for non-cash transactions at recorded cost or carrying value of the assets or services sold.

We account for lease agreements of our instruments in accordance with ASC 842, Leases. We record revenue over the life of the lease term and we record depreciation
expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  thirty-six-month  estimated  useful  life  of  the  Barocycler®  instrument.  The  depreciation  expense  associated  with  assets  under  lease
agreement  is  included  in  the  “Cost  of  PCT  products  and  services”  line  item  in  our  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Many  of  our  lease  and  rental
agreements  allow  the  lessee  to  purchase  the  instrument  at  any  point  during  the  term  of  the  agreement  with  partial  or  full  credit  for  payments  previously  made.  We  pay  all
maintenance costs associated with the instrument during the term of the leases.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue from government grants is recorded when expenses are incurred under the grant in accordance with the terms of the grant award.

Deferred  revenue  represents  amounts  received  from  grants  and  service  contracts  for  which  the  related  revenues  have  not  been  recognized  because  one  or  more  of  the

revenue recognition criteria have not been met. Revenue from service contracts is recorded ratably over the length of the contract.

Disaggregation of revenue

In the following table, revenue is disaggregated by primary geographical market, major product line, and timing of revenue recognition.

In thousands of US dollars ($)
Primary geographical markets
North America
Europe
Asia

Major products/services lines
Hardware
Consumables
Contract research services
Sample preparation accessories
Technical support/extended service contracts
Shipping and handling
Other

Timing of revenue recognition
Transferred at a point in time
Transferred over time

Contract balances

Year Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

844   
88   
289   
1,221   

Year Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

568   
205   
193   
116   
96   
29   
14   
1,221   

Year Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

978   
243   
1,221   

1,111 
145 
554 
1,810 

713 
298 
543 
82 
116 
41 
17 
1,810 

1,228 
582 
1,810 

In thousands of US dollars ($)
Receivables, which are included in ‘Accounts Receivable’
Contract liabilities (deferred revenue)

Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

131   
67   

229 
41 

The following table includes estimated revenue expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) at

the end of the reporting period.

In thousands of US dollars ($)
Extended warranty service

2021

2022

Total

47   

20   

67 

All consideration from contracts with customers is included in the amounts presented above.

Contract Costs

The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise
would have recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses. The costs to obtain a contract are recorded immediately in
the period when the revenue is recognized either upon shipment or installation. The costs to obtain a service contract are considered immaterial when spread over the life of the
contract so the Company records the costs immediately upon billing.

61

v. Beneficial Conversion Features

In accordance with FASB ASC 470-20, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options” the Company records a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) related to the issuance of
convertible  debt  or  preferred  stock  instruments  that  have  conversion  features  at  fixed  rates  that  are  in-the-money  when  issued.  The  BCF  for  the  convertible  instruments  is
recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds equal to the intrinsic value of that feature to additional paid-in capital. The intrinsic value is generally calculated
at  the  commitment  date  as  the  difference  between  the  conversion  price  and  the  fair  value  of  the  common  stock  or  other  securities  into  which  the  security  is  convertible,
multiplied by the number of shares into which the security is convertible. If certain other securities are issued with the convertible security, the proceeds are allocated among the
different components. The portion of the proceeds allocated to the convertible security is divided by the contractual number of the conversion shares to determine the effective
conversion price, which is used to measure the BCF. The effective conversion price is used to compute the intrinsic value. The value of the BCF is limited to the basis that is
initially allocated to the convertible security.

vi. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Our policy is to invest available cash in short-term, investment grade interest-bearing obligations, including money market funds, and bank and corporate debt instruments.
Securities purchased with initial maturities of three months or less are valued at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value, and are classified as cash equivalents.

vii. Research and Development

Research  and  development  costs,  which  are  comprised  of  costs  incurred  in  performing  research  and  development  activities  including  wages  and  associated  employee

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
benefits,  facilities,  consumable  products  and  overhead  costs  that  are  expensed  as  incurred.  In  support  of  our  research  and  development  activities  we  utilize  our  Barocycler
instruments that are capitalized as fixed assets and depreciated over their expected useful life.

viii. Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (average cost) or net realizable value. The cost of Barocyclers consists of the cost charged by the contract manufacturer. The cost

of manufactured goods includes material, freight-in, direct labor, and applicable overhead. The composition of inventory as of December 31, is as follows:

Raw materials
Finished goods
Inventory reserve
Total

ix. Property and Equipment

  $

  $

2020

2019

217,682    $
717,581   
(342,496)  
592,767    $

167,189 
793,023 
(342,496)
617,716 

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation.  For  financial  reporting  purposes,  depreciation  is  recognized  using  the  straight-line  method,
allocating the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives of three years for certain laboratory equipment, from three to five years for management information systems
and office equipment, and three years for all PCT finished units classified as fixed assets.

x. Intangible Assets

We have classified as intangible assets, costs associated with the fair value of acquired intellectual property. Intangible assets, including patents, are being amortized on a
straight-line basis over nine years. We perform an annual review of our intangible assets for impairment. We capitalize any costs to renew or extend the term of our intangible
assets.  When  impairment  is  indicated,  any  excess  of  carrying  value  over  fair  value  is  recorded  as  a  loss. As  of  December  31,  2020,  and  2019,  the  outstanding  balance  for
intangible assets was $490,385 and $576,923, respectively.

62

xi. Long-Lived Assets

The Company’s long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment in accordance with the guidance of the FASB ASC 360-10-05, Property, Plant, and Equipment, whenever
events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  Recoverability  of  an  asset  to  be  held  and  used  is  measured  by  a
comparison  of  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  to  the  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  expected  to  be  generated  by  the  asset.  If  such  asset  is  considered  to  be  impaired,  the
impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Through December 31, 2020, the Company had not
experienced impairment losses on its long-lived assets.

xii. Concentrations

Credit Risk

Our  financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  us  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  primarily  of  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  trade  receivables.  We  have  cash
investment policies which, among other things, limit investments to investment-grade securities. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers, and the risk with
respect to trade receivables is further mitigated by the fact that many of our customers are government institutions and university labs. Allowances are provided for estimated
amounts of accounts receivable which may not be collected. At December 31, 2020, we determined that no allowance against accounts receivable was necessary.

The following table illustrates the level of concentration of the below two groups within revenue as a percentage of total revenues during the years ended December 31:

Top Five Customers
Federal Agencies

2020

2019

33% 
4% 

41%
12%

The following table  illustrates  the  level  of  concentration  of  the  below  two  groups  within  accounts  receivable  as  a  percentage  of  total  accounts  receivable  balance  as  of

December 31:

Top Five Customers
Federal Agencies

Investment in Equity Securities

2020

2019

89% 
10% 

83%
17%

As of December 31, 2020, we held 100,250 shares of common stock of Nexity Global SA, (a Polish publicly traded company). On October 23, 2020 Everest Investments

S.A. changed its name to Nexity Global S.A. Nexity is and Everest was listed on the Warsaw Stock Exchange.

We  had  exchanged  33,334  shares  of  our  common  stock  for  the  100,250  shares  we  had  held  in  Everest  (before  the  Nexity  Merger).  We  account  for  this  investment  in
accordance with ASC 320 “Investments — Debt and Equity Securities”. ASC 320 requires equity investments with readily determinable fair values to be measured at fair value
with changes in fair value recognized in net income.

As of December 31, 2020, our consolidated balance sheet reflected the fair value, determined on a recurring basis based on Level 1 inputs, of our investment in Nexity to

be $517,001. We recorded $500,358 as an unrealized gain during the year ended December 31, 2020 for changes in market value.

xiii. Computation of Loss per Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted loss per share
is computed by dividing loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus additional common shares that would have
been  outstanding  if  dilutive  potential  common  shares  had  been  issued.  For  purposes  of  this  calculation,  convertible  preferred  stock,  common  stock  dividends,  warrants  to
acquire preferred stock convertible into common stock, and warrants and options to acquire common stock, are all considered common stock equivalents in periods in which
they have a dilutive effect and are excluded from this calculation in periods in which these are anti-dilutive. The following table illustrates our computation of loss per share for
the years ended December 31:

2020

2019

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Numerator:

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

Denominator for basic and diluted loss per share:
Weighted average common shares outstanding

Loss per common share - basic and diluted

$

$

(17,584,710)  

$

(15,868,083)

3,304,187   

(5.32)   

$

1,987,606 

(7.98)

63

The following table presents securities that could potentially dilute basic loss per share in the future. For all periods presented, the potentially dilutive securities were not

included in the computation of diluted loss per share because these securities would have been anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31:

Stock options
Convertible debt
Common stock warrants
Convertible preferred stock:

Series D Convertible Preferred
Series G Convertible Preferred
Series H Convertible Preferred
Series H2 Convertible Preferred
Series J Convertible Preferred
Series K Convertible Preferred
Series AA Convertible Preferred

xiv. Accounting for Income Taxes

2020

2019

1,355,901   
4,474,868   
14,434,702   

25,000   
26,857   
33,334   
70,000   
115,267   
229,334   
8,043,000   
28,808,263   

1,396,302 
2,351,493 
9,893,034 

25,000 
26,857 
33,334 
70,000 
115,267 
229,334 
7,939,000 
22,079,621 

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets, subject to valuation allowances, and liabilities for the
expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of
temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  and  income  tax  purposes.  The  Company  considers  many  factors  when
assessing the likelihood of future realization of our deferred tax assets, including recent cumulative earnings experience by taxing jurisdiction, expectations of future taxable
income or loss, the carry-forward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not
that all or a portion of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. If substantial changes in the Company’s ownership should occur, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal
Revenue Code, there could be significant limitations on the amount of net loss carry forwards that could be used to offset future taxable income.

Tax positions must meet a “more likely than not” recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company did not have

any uncertain tax positions. No interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions were accrued at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

xv. Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We maintain equity compensation plans under which incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options are granted to employees, independent members of our Board
of Directors and outside consultants. We recognize equity compensation expense over the requisite service period using the Black-Scholes formula to estimate the fair value of
the stock options on the date of grant. Employee and non employee awards are accounted for under ASC 718 where the awards are valued at grant date.

64

Determining Fair Value of Stock Option Grants

Valuation  and  Amortization  Method  -  The  fair  value  of  each  option  award  is  estimated  on  the  date  of  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  pricing  model  based  on  certain
assumptions. The estimated fair value of employee stock options is amortized to expense using the straight-line method over the vesting period, which generally is over three
years.

Expected Term - The Company uses the simplified calculation of expected life, described in the FASB ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, as the Company does
not currently have sufficient historical exercise data on which to base an estimate of expected term. Using this method, the expected term is determined using the average of the
vesting period and the contractual life of the stock options granted.

Expected Volatility - Expected volatility is based on the Company’s historical stock volatility data over the expected term of the award.

Risk-Free  Interest  Rate  -  The  Company  bases  the  risk-free  interest  rate  used  in  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  method  on  the  implied  yield  currently  available  on  U.S.

Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term.

Forfeitures - As required by FASB ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, the Company records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are
expected to vest. The Company estimated a forfeiture rate of 5% for awards granted based on historical experience and future expectations of options vesting. We used this
historical rate as our assumption in calculating future stock-based compensation expense.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  assumptions  we  utilized  for  grants  of  stock  options  to  the  three  sub-groups  of  our  stock  option  recipients  during  the  year  ended

December 31, 2019 (there were no option grants in the year ended December 31, 2020):

Assumptions

Expected life
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate

Forfeiture rate
Expected dividend yield

Non-Employee
Board Members

6.0(yrs)  
150.07% 

1.73% 
5.00% 
0.0% 

CEO, other
Officers and Employees  
6.0(yrs)
150.07%-157.28%
1.73%-1.79%
5.00%
0.0%

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  recognized  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  $488,792  and  $1,117,277  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  The  following  table
summarizes  the  effect  of  this  stock-based  compensation  expense  within  each  of  the  line  items  within  our  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations  for  the  years
ended December 31:

Research and development
Selling and marketing
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation expense

  $

  $

2020

2019

141,202    $
34,142   
313,448   
488,792    $

171,928 
86,319 
859,030 
1,117,277 

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the total fair value of stock options awarded was $0 and $817,722, respectively.

As  of  December  31,  2020,  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  the  unvested  stock-based  awards  was  $304,900,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over

weighted average period of 1.59 years.

65

xvi. Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. We incurred $19,572 in 2020 and $23,797 in 2019 for advertising.

xvii. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Due to their short maturities, the carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate their fair value.
Long-term  liabilities  include  debt  with  a  fair  value  of  $419,320  (carrying  amount  $527,039)  and  deferred  revenue  with  a  carrying  value  that  approximates  fair  value.  The
Company has not elected to carry any of its assets or liabilities at fair value, as allowed by the FASB’s statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, “The Fair Value
option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.”

xviii. Fair Value Measurements

The  Company  follows  the  guidance  of  FASB ASC  Topic  820,  “Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures” (“ASC 820”)  as  it  related  to  financial  assets  and  financial

liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis.

The  Company  generally  defines  fair  value  as  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market
participants  at  the  measurement  date  (exit  price).  The  Company  uses  a  three-tier  fair  value  hierarchy,  which  classifies  the  inputs  used  in  measuring  fair  values.  These  tiers
include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active
markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to
develop its own assumptions.

Financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  classified  in  their  entirety  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement.  The  Company  has
determined that its financial assets are currently classified within Level 1. The Company does not have any financial liabilities that are required to be measured on a recurring
basis at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020:

Fair value measurements at
December 31, 2020 using:
Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)

Quoted
prices in
active
markets
(Level 1)

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

December 31,
2020

Equity Securities
Total Financial Assets

$
$

517,001   
517,001   

$
$

517,001   
517,001   

$

        -   
-   

$

         - 
- 

The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2019:

Equity Securities
Total Financial Assets

Fair value measurements at
December 31, 2019 using:
Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)

Quoted
prices in
active
markets
(Level 1)

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

December 31,
2019

16,643   
16,643   

$

16,643   
16,643   

$

        -   
-   

$

        - 
- 

$

66

(4) Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following components:

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment
Office equipment

Leasehold improvements

December 31,

2020

2019

  $

240,670    $

184,763   
25,248   

240,670 

183,931 
24,417 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PCT collaboration, demonstration and leased systems
Total property and equipment
Less accumulated depreciation
Net book value

53,098   
503,779   
(487,289)  

16,490    $

53,098 
502,116 
(446,526)
55,590 

  $

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $40,763 and $37,057, respectively.

(5) Intangible Assets

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 reflect the purchase price attributable to patents received in connection with the acquisition of assets of BaroFold Corp. Acquired
BaroFold patents are being amortized to expense on a straight line basis at the rate of $80,000 per year over their estimated remaining useful lives of approximately 9 years. The
estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is $80,000 annually. We performed a review of our intangible assets for impairment. When
impairment is indicated, any excess of carrying value over fair value is recorded as a loss. An impairment analysis of intangible assets was performed as of December 31, 2020.
We have concluded that there is no impairment of intangible assets. Intangible assets at December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following:

BaroFold Patents
Less accumulated amortization
Net book value

December 31,

2020

2019

  $

  $

750,000    $
(259,615)  
490,385    $

750,000 
(173,077)
576,923 

Amortization expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $86,538 and $86,539, respectively.

67

(6) Retirement Plan

We provide all of our employees with the opportunity to participate in our retirement savings plan. Our retirement savings plan has been qualified under Section 401(k) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  Eligible  employees  are  permitted  to  contribute  to  the  plan  through  payroll  deductions  within  statutory  limitations  and  subject  to  any  limitations
included in the plan. During 2020 and 2019 we contributed $13,436 and $15,308, respectively, in the form of discretionary Company-matching contributions.

(7) Income Taxes

Tax positions must meet a “more likely than not” recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company did not have
any uncertain tax positions. No interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions were accrued at December 31, 2020 and 2019. Our tax returns for fiscal years 2017, 2018
and 2019 are open to examination.

We recorded a $0 tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020 and a $217,168 income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2019 from a corporate alternative

minimum tax refund.

Significant items making up the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

Long term deferred taxes:
Inventories
Accrued expenses
Other
Non-cash, stock-based compensation, nonqualified
Impairment loss on investment
Operating loss carry forwards and tax credits
Less: valuation allowance
Total net deferred tax assets

2020

2019

  $

  $

93,570    $
156,699   
15,169   
1,206,664   
104,609   
22,062,690   
(23,639,401)  

-    $

93,570 
127,186 
15,169 
1,073,125 
104,609 
17,872,050 
(19,285,709)
- 

A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Accordingly, a valuation allowance was
established  in  2020  and  2019  for  the  full  amount  of  our  deferred  tax  assets  due  to  the  uncertainty  of  realization.  We  believe  that  based  on  our  projection  of  future  taxable
operating income for the foreseeable future, it is more likely than not that we will not be able to realize the benefit of the deferred tax asset at December 31, 2020.

We have net operating loss carry-forwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $76,607,264 as of December 31, 2020. Included in these numbers are loss
carry-forwards that were obtained through the acquisition of BioSeq, Inc. and are subject to Section 382 NOL limitations. These net operating loss carry-forwards expire at
various dates from 2022 through 2037. Under the Tax Reform Act, NOL’s generated after December 31, 2017 can offset only 80% of a corporation’s taxable income in any
year. With limited exceptions, NOL’s generated after 2017 $34,971,674 cannot be carried back, but they can be carried forward indefinitely.

68

We have net operating loss carry-forwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $70,101,768 at December 31, 2020. These net operating loss carry-forwards

expire at various dates from 2031 through 2038.

We  have  research  and  development  tax  credit  carry-forwards  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  of  approximately  $1,238,308  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  research  and
development tax credit carry-forwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $306,425 as of December 31, 2020. The federal credit carry-forwards expire at various
dates from 2020 through 2039. The state credit carry-forwards expire at various dates from 2023 through 2034.

The following table reconciles the U.S. Federal statutory tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate:

Statutory U.S. Federal tax rate

Permanent differences
State tax expense
Refundable AMT and R&D tax credit

2020

2019

21%  
(0)% 

0%  
0%  

21%
(0)%

0%
0%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation allowance
Effective tax rate

(8) Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

(21)% 
-%  

(22.9)%
(1.9)%

The Company accounts for its leases under ASC 842. The Company has elected to apply the short-term lease exception to leases of one year or less.

Our  corporate  office  is  currently  located  at  14  Norfolk Avenue,  South  Easton,  Massachusetts  02375.  We  are  currently  paying  $6,950  per  month,  on  a  lease  extension,
signed on December 30, 2020, that expires December 31, 2021, for our corporate office. We expanded our space to include offices, warehouse and a loading dock on the first
floor starting May 1, 2017 with a monthly rent increase already reflected in the current payments.

We extended our lease for our space in Medford, MA (the “Medford Lease”) from December 30, 2020 to December 30, 2023. The lease requires monthly payments of
$7,282 subject to annual cost of living increases. The lease shall be automatically extended for additional three years unless either party terminates at least six months prior to
the expiration of the current lease term.

The Company accounted for the lease extension of our Medford Lease as a lease modification under ASC 842. At the effective date of modification, the Company recorded
an adjustment to the right-of-use asset and lease liability in the amount of $221,432 based on the net present value of lease payments discounted using an estimated borrowing
rate of 12%.

Following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases with initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one

year as of December 31, 2020:

2021
2022
2023
Total minimum payments required

69

  $

  $

170,783 
87,383 
87,383 
345,549 

Battelle Memorial Institute

In  December  2008,  we  entered  into  an  exclusive  patent  license  agreement  with  the  Battelle  Memorial  Institute  (“Battelle”).  The  licensed  technology  is  the  subject  of  a
patent application filed by Battelle in 2008 and relates to a method and a system for improving the analysis of protein samples, including through an automated system utilizing
pressure  and  a  pre-selected  agent  to  obtain  a  digested  sample  in  a  significantly  shorter  period  of  time  than  current  methods,  while  maintaining  the  integrity  of  the  sample
throughout the preparatory process. In addition to royalty payments on net sales on “licensed products,” we are obligated to make minimum royalty payments for each year that
we  retain  the  rights  outlined  in  the  patent  license  agreement  and  we  are  required  to  have  our  first  commercial  sale  of  the  licensed  products  within  one  year  following  the
issuance of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-negotiating the terms of the contract in 2013, the minimum annual royalty was $1,200 in 2014 and $2,000 in
2015; the minimum royalties were $3,000 in 2016, $4,000 in 2017 and $5,000 in 2018 and each calendar year thereafter during the term of the agreement.

Target Discovery Inc.

In March 2010, we signed a strategic product licensing, manufacturing, co-marketing, and collaborative research and development agreement with Target Discovery Inc.
(“TDI”), a related party. Under the terms of the agreement, we have been licensed by TDI to manufacture and sell a highly innovative line of chemicals used in the preparation
of tissues for scientific analysis (“TDI reagents”). The TDI reagents were designed for use in combination with our pressure cycling technology. The companies believe that the
combination  of  PCT  and  the  TDI  reagents  can  fill  an  existing  need  in  life  science  research  for  an  automated  method  for  rapid  extraction  and  recovery  of  intact,  functional
proteins associated with cell membranes in tissue samples. We did not incur any royalty obligation under this agreement in 2020 or 2019.

In April 2012, we signed a non-exclusive license agreement with TDI to grant the non-exclusive use of our pressure cycling technology. We executed an amendment to this
agreement on October 1, 2016 wherein we agreed to pay a monthly fee of $1,400 for the use of a lab bench, shared space and other utilities, and $2,000 per day for technical
support services as needed. The agreement requires TDI to pay the Company a minimum royalty fee of $50,000 in 2019 and $60,000 in 2020.

Severance and Change of Control Agreements

Each of Mr. Schumacher, and Drs. Ting, and Lazarev, executive officers of the Company, are entitled to receive a severance payment if terminated by us without cause. The
severance  benefits  would  include  a  payment  in  an  amount  equal  to  one  year  of  such  executive  officer’s  annualized  base  salary  compensation  plus  accrued  paid  time  off.
Additionally, the officer will be entitled to receive medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Each of these executive officers, other than Mr. Schumacher, is entitled to receive a change of control payment in an amount equal to one year of such executive officer’s
annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and medical and dental coverage, in the event of their termination upon a change of control of the Company. In the
case  of  Mr.  Schumacher,  this  payment  would  be  equal  to  two  years  of  annualized  base  salary  compensation,  accrued  paid  time  off,  and  two  years  of  medical  and  dental
coverage. The severance payment is meant to induce the aforementioned executives to remain in the employ of the Company, in general; and particularly in the occurrence of a
change in control, as a disincentive to the control change.

70

(9) Convertible Debt and Other Debt

Convertible Debt

On various dates during the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued convertible notes for net proceeds of approximately $6.6 million which contained varied
terms and conditions as follows: a) maturity dates ranging from seven days to 12 months; b) interest rates that accrue per annum ranging from 3% to 15%; c) convertible to the
Company’s common stock at issuance at a fixed rate of $2.50 to $7.50 or convertible at variable conversion rates either after 6 months after issuance or in the event of a default.
Certain of these notes were issued with shares of common stock or warrants to purchase common stock that were fair valued at issuance dates. The aggregate relative fair value
of the shares of common stock or warrants to purchase common stock issued with the notes of $448,589 was recorded as a debt discount and amortized over the term of the
notes. We have also evaluated our convertible notes (upon issuance or modification) for any beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) and recorded a BCF of $558,903 as a debt
discount with a corresponding credit to additional paid in capital to be amortized over the term of the notes.

On various dates during the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued convertible notes for net proceeds of approximately $8.3 million which contained varied

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
terms and conditions as follows: a) 6-12 month maturity date; b) interest rates of 10-12% per annum c) convertible to the Company’s common stock at issuance at a fixed rate
of $2.50. These notes were issued with shares of common stock or warrants to purchase common stock that were fair valued at issuance dates. The aggregate relative fair value
of the shares of common stock issued with the notes of $214,419 was recorded as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the notes. The aggregate relative fair value of
the warrants issued with the notes of $4.9 million was also recorded as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the notes. We then computed the effective conversion
price of the notes and recorded a BCF of $1.8 million as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the notes. Finally, we evaluated our convertible notes for derivative
liability treatment on an on-going basis and have determined that all our notes did not qualify for derivative accounting treatment at December 31, 2020. In the year ended
December 31, 2020 the amortization of debt discount on convertible notes was $5,118,222.

71

The specific terms of the convertible notes and outstanding balances as of December 31, 2020 are listed in the tables below.

Inception Date

Term

Loan
Amount

Outstanding
balance with
OID

Original
Issue
Discount
(OID)

Interest
Rate

Conversion
Price

Deferred
Finance
Fees

Discount for
conversion
feature and
warrants/shares  

May 17, 2018 (2)
June 8, 2018 (1) (4)
October 19, 2018 (1)
November 13, 2018 (1 (3) (4)
January 3, 2019 (1) (4)
February 21, 2019 (2)
March 18, 2019 (1)
June 4, 2019 (2)
June 19, 2019 (2)
May 20, 2019 (1) (4)
June 7, 2019 (1) (4)
July 1, 2019 (2)
July 19, 2019 (2)
July 19, 2019 (2)
August 14, 2019 (1) (4)
September 27,2019 (2)
October 24, 2019 (2)
November 1, 2019 (2)
November 15, 2019 (1)
January 2, 2020 (1)
January 24, 2020 (1)
January 29, 2020 (1)
February 12, 2020 (1)
February 19, 2020 (1)
March 11, 2020 (1)
March 13, 2020 (1)

March 26, 2020 (1)
April 8, 2020
April 17, 2020
April 30, 2020
May 6, 2020
May 18, 2020
June 2, 2020
June 12, 2020
June 22, 2020
July 7, 2020
July 17, 2020
July 29, 2020
July 21, 2020 (5)
August 14, 2020
September 10, 2020
September 21, 2020 (5)
September 23, 2020 (5)
September 25, 2020 (5)
December 3, 2020
December 21, 2020
October 22, 2020 (5)
December 23, 2020 (5)

  12 months   
  6 months    
  6 months    
  6 months    
  6 months    
  12 months   
  6 months    
  9 months    
  12 months   
  3 months    
  6 months    
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  6 months    
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  12 months   
  6 months    
  12 months   
  6 months    

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

380,000   
50,000   
100,000   
200,000   
50,000   
215,000   
100,000   
500,000   
105,000   
100,000   
125,000   
107,500   
115,000   
130,000   
50,000   
78,750   
78,750   
270,000   
385,000   
330,000   
247,500   
363,000   
275,000   
165,000   
330,000   

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

166,703   
50,000   
100,000   
220,000   
50,000   
215,000   
100,000   
302,484   
105,000   
91,250   
110,000   
107,500   
115,000   
130,000   
50,000   
78,750   
78,750   
270,000   
320,000   
330,000   
247,500   
363,000   
275,000   
165,000   
330,000   

165,000   
$
111,100   
$
276,100   
$
143,750   
$
546,250   
$
460,000   
$
546,250   
$
902,750   
$
57,500   
$
138,000   
$
586,500   
$
362,250   
$
345,000   
$
115,000   
$
762,450   
$
391,000   
$
345,000   
$
115,000   
$
115,000   
$
299,000   
$
100,000   
$
$
115,000   
$ 1,000,000   

165,000   
$
111,100   
$
276,100   
$
143,750   
$
546,250   
$
460,000   
$
221,250   
$
652,750   
$
57,500   
$
138,000   
$
586,500   
$
362,250   
$
345,000   
$
115,000   
$
462,450   
$
391,000   
$
345,000   
$
115,000   
$
115,000   
$
299,000   
$
100,000   
$
$
115,000   
$ 1,000,000   

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

15,200   
2,500   
-   
-   
2,500   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
35,000   
30,000   
22,500   
33,000   
25,000   
15,000   
30,000   

15,000   
10,100   
25,100   
18,750   
71,250   
60,000   
46,250   
92,750   
7,500   
18,000   
76,500   
47,250   
45,000   
15,000   
69,450   
51,000   
45,000   
15,000   
15,000   
39,000   
5,000   
15,000   
100,000   

$ 11,493,837   

$ 1,113,600   

8% 
2% 
5% 
5% 
24% 
4% 
4% 
8% 
4% 
5% 
5% 
4% 
4% 
6% 
2% 
4% 
4% 
6% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 

10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
12% 
10% 
10% 

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

2.50   
7.50   
7.50   
2.50   
7.50   
2.50   
7.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
7.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
7.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   

2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   
2.50   

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$

15,200   
2,500   
-   
-   
2,500   
15,000   
-   
40,500   
5,000   
-   
-   
7,500   
5,750   
6,500   
-   
3,750   
3,750   
13,500   
35,000   
30,000   
22,500   
33,000   
25,000   
15,000   
30,000   

15,000   
10,100   
25,000   
-   
47,500   
40,000   
35,500   
58,900   
5,000   
12,000   
51,000   
31,500   
30,000   
10,000   
66,300   
34,000   
30,000   
10,000   
-   
26,000   
29,964   
10,000   
-   

889,714   

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$

332,407 
3,271 
- 
168,634 
- 
107,709 
10,762 
70,631 
2,646 
13,439 
18,254 
85,791 
15,460 
- 
- 
13,759 
- 
- 
90,917 
91,606 
89,707 
297,000 
225,000 
135,000 
232,810 

60,705 
90,900 
221,654 
96,208 
427,500 
360,000 
439,500 
708,500 
45,000 
108,000 
400,234 
185,698 
241,245 
24,875 
580,124 
231,043 
66,375 
20,500 
19,125 
197,882 
24,400 
18,875 
833,536 

7,406,682 

(1) The Note is past due. The Company and the lender are negotiating in good faith to extend the loan.
(2) As of  December  31,  2020  lender  entered  into  a  Standstill  and  Forbearance  agreement  (as  described  below).  Loan  is  convertible  at  $2.50 until  the  expiration  of  the

agreement.
Interest was capitalized and added to outstanding principal.

(3)
(4) During the year ended December 31, 2020 the Company entered into Rate Modification Agreements with these lenders.
(5) The Company has agreed to issue shares of common stock or warrants to lenders if their notes are not repaid by a defined date.

As of December 31, 2020 one lender holds approximately $7.2 million of the $11.5 million convertible notes outstanding.

In the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued three loans for $875,000 to its pending merger partner, Cannaworx who agreed to repay the loans directly to the
Company’s  lender,  on  the  Company’s  behalf.  In  the  fourth  quarter,  the  Company  netted  the  $875,000  of  the  receivables  against  loans  payable  to  this  lender  following
confirmation of a right of offset agreement.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized amortization expense related to the debt discounts indicated above of $5,118,222. The unamortized debt

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
   
   
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
discounts as of December 31, 2020 related to the convertible debentures and other convertible notes amounted to $3,948,167 (net of a $73,750 discount to the $875,000 loan
receivable). For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized amortization expense related to the debt discounts indicated above $1,257,567. The unamortized
debt discounts as of December 31, 2019 related to the convertible debentures and other convertible notes amounted to $619,227.

72

Standstill and Forbearance Agreements

On December 13, 2019, the Company entered into Standstill and Forbearance Agreements with lenders who hold convertible promissory notes with a total principal of
$2,267,066. Pursuant to the Standstill and Forbearance Agreements, the lenders agreed to not convert any portion of their notes into shares of common stock at a variable rate
until either January 30th or January 31st of 2020, and to waive, through January 30th or January 31st of 2020, all of the Company’s defaults under their notes including, but not
limited to, the late filing of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2019.

On January 31, 2020 and again on March 3, 2020, April 6, 2020, April 30, 2020, May 15, 2020, May 31, 2020, June 15, 2020, June 30, 2020, July 15, 2020, July 31,
2020, August 15, 2020, August 31, 2020, September 15, 2020, September 30, 2020, October 15, 2020, October 31,2020, November 15, 2020, November 30, 2020, December
15, 2020 and December 31,2020 the Company extended these Standstill and Forbearance Agreements until dates ranging from November 16, 2020 to January 15, 2021. For the
year ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred fees of approximately $2.5 million to extend the agreements. 

Convertible Loan Modifications and Extinguishments

We refinanced certain convertible loans during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 at substantially the same terms for extensions ranging over a period of three to
six months. We amortized any remaining unamortized debt discount as of the modification date over the remaining, extended term of the new loans. We applied ASC 470 of
modification accounting to the debt instruments which were modified during the period or those settled with new notes issued concurrently for the same amounts but different
maturity dates. The terms such as the interest rate, prepayment penalties, and default rates will be the same over the new extensions. According to ASC 470, an exchange of debt
instruments  between  or  a  modification  of  a  debt  instrument  by  a  debtor  and  a  creditor  in  a  nontroubled  debt  situation  is  deemed  to  have  been  accomplished  with  debt
instruments that are substantially different if the present value of the cash flows under the terms of the new debt instrument is at least 10 percent different from the present value
of the remaining cash flows under the terms of the original instrument. If the terms of a debt instrument are changed or modified and the cash flow effect on a present value
basis is less than 10 percent, the debt instruments are not considered to be substantially different and will be accounted for as modifications.

The cash flows of new debt exceeded 10% of the remaining cash flows of the original debt on several loans in 2020 and 2019. We recorded losses on extinguishment of
liabilities of $3,575,878 in 2020 and $795,089 in 2019. Our gains and losses were measured by calculating the difference of the fair value of the new debt and the carrying value
of the old debt.

The following table provides a summary of the changes in convertible debt and revolving note payable, net of unamortized discounts, during 2020:

Balance at January 1,
Issuance of convertible debt, face value
Deferred financing cost
Beneficial conversion feature on convertible note
Debt discount from shares and warrants issued with debt
Conversion of debt into equity
Payments
Accretion of interest and amortization of debt discount to interest expense through December 31
Note receivable netted against loan
Balance at December 31
Less: current portion
Convertible debt, long-term portion

73

$

$

2020

6,121,338 
10,202,150 
(1,905,350)
(1,756,311)
(4,874,250)
(1,701,872)
(2,857,007)
5,118,222 
(801,250)
7,545,670 
7,545,670 
- 

Other Notes

On September 9, 2019 and February 28, 2020 we received a total of $966,500 unsecured non-convertible loans from a private investor with a one-month term. During the
year ended December 31, 2020, the Company received net proceeds of $463,500, issued 150,000 warrants to purchase common stock (five-year term and $3.50 exercise price)
and repaid $275,000. The relative fair value of $185,660 of the warrants issued with the note was recorded as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the notes. As of
December 31, 2020 and 2019 the Company owes $691,500 and $400,000, respectively on these notes which are past due. The Company and the investor are negotiating in good
faith to extend the loans.

On October 1, 2019, the Company and the holder of the $170,000 non-convertible loan issued in May 2017 agreed to extend the term of the loan to December 31, 2019.
The Company agreed to issue 1,200 shares of its common stock per month while the note remains outstanding. The note will continue to earn 10% annual interest. The loan is
currently past due and the Company and the investor are negotiating in good faith to extend the loan.

On October 11, 2019 we received a non-convertible loan with a one month term and a 2% interest charge for $25,000 from a private investor. The loan is past due and the

Company and the investor are negotiating in good faith to extend the loan.

Merchant Agreements

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 we signed various Merchant Agreements which are secured by second position rights to all customer receipts until the
loan  has  been  repaid  in  full  and  subject  to  interest  rates  of  6%  -  76%. As  illustrated  in  the  following  table,  under  the  terms  of  these  agreements,  we  received  the  disclosed
Purchase Price and agreed to repay the disclosed Purchase Amount, which is collected by the Merchant lenders at the disclosed Daily Payment Rate.

The following table shows our Merchant Agreements as of December 31, 2020:

Inception Date
November 5, 2020
November 19, 2020

Purchase
Price

Purchased
Amount

Outstanding
Balance

Daily Payment
Rate

Deferred
Finance
Fees

  $

200,000    $
100,000   

275,800    $
137,900   

163,955   
85,013   

1,724.00    $
985.00   

- 
- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows our Merchant Agreements as of December 31, 2019:

  $

300,000    $

413,700    $

248,968    $

2,709.00    $

            - 

Inception Date
August 5, 2019
August 19, 2019
August 23, 2019
September 19, 2019

Purchase
Price

Purchased
Amount

Outstanding
Balance

Daily Payment
Rate

Deferred
Finance
Fees

  $

  $

600,000    $
350,000   
175,000   
275,000   
1,400,000    $

816,000    $
479,500   
239,750   
384,275   
1,919,525    $

421,024   
272,315   
132,284   
256,812   
1,082,435    $

4,533.33    $
2,664.00   
1,410.00   
2,137.36   
10,744.69    $

6,000 
3,000 
1,750 
5,000 
15,750 

We have accounted for the Merchant Agreements as loans under ASC 860 because while we provided rights to current and future receipts, we still had control over the

receipts. The difference between the Purchase Amount and the Purchase Price is imputed interest that is recorded as interest expense when paid each day.

We  amortized  $318,641  and  $95,916  of  debt  discounts  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively  for  all  non-convertible  notes.  The  total

unamortized discount for all non-convertible notes as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0 and $1,769, respectively.

On November 15, 2019 the Company and its Merchant lenders agreed to a temporary reduction in the Daily Payment Rate for the four loans outstanding during 2019 (and
as  of  December  31,  2019).  Subsequently,  on  January  31,  2020,  March  2,  2020  and April  6,  2020  the  Company  and  its  Merchant  lenders  agreed  to  extend  the  term  of  the
reduction of its Daily Payment Rate, ultimately to April 30, 2020. The Company issued 495,000 warrants to lenders (valued at $969,745) as compensation for these agreements.
The warrants have a three-year life and a $3.50 exercise Price. During the year ended December 31, 2020 the Company repaid these loans in full for $970,028 in cash, 112,885
shares of common stock (valued at $225,770) and 56,442 warrants that have a three year life and a $3.50 exercise price (valued at $97,654) and the loss incurred from the
settlements is $58,476.

The new loans with Merchant lenders were executed in November 2020, as illustrated in the table as of December 31, 2020.

74

Related Party Notes

In June 2018, we received a non-convertible loan of $15,000 from a private investor. The loan includes a one-year term and 15% guaranteed interest. This loan remains

outstanding at December 31, 2020 and is currently past due.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  we  received  short-term  non-convertible  loans  of  $283,700  from  related  parties  and  repaid  $199,200  of  related  party  loans.

These notes bear interest ranging from 0% to 15% interest and are due upon demand.

Long term debt

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company borrowed $527,039 through COVID-19 programs that were sponsored by the United States and administered by
the Small Business Administration (the “SBA”). The most notable programs were the Payroll Protection Program (or “PPP”) and the Economic Injury Disaster Loan program
(or “EIDL”). The Company’s PPP loan, $377,039, has a two- year term and bears interest at 1% per annum. Under the PPP, the Company can be granted forgiveness for all or a
portion of these loans based on the Company’s spending on payroll, mortgage interest, rent and utilities. The Company’s EIDL loan, $150,000, accrues interest at 3.75% and
requires monthly payments of $731 for principal and interest beginning in June 2021. The balance of the principal will be due in 30 years. In connection with the EIDL loan the
Company entered into a security agreement with the SBA, whereby the Company granted the SBA a security interest in all of the Company’s right, title and interest in all of the
Company’s assets.

(10) Stockholders’ (Deficit)

Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01. Of the 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock:

1)

20,000 shares have been designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (“Junior A”)

2)

313,960 shares have been designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A”)

3)

279,256 shares have been designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B”)

4)

88,098 shares have been designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C”)

5)

850 shares have been designated as Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series D”)

6)

500 shares have been designated as Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series E”)

7)

240,000 shares have been designated as Series G Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series G”)

8)

10,000 shares have been designated as Series H Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series H”)

9)

21 shares have been designated as Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series H2”)

10) 6,250 shares have been designated as Series J Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series J”)

11) 15,000 shares have been designated as Series K Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series K”)

12) 10,000 shares have been designated as Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series AA”)

As of December 31, 2020, there were no shares of Junior A, and Series A, B, C, and E issued and outstanding.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On November 11, 2011, we completed a registered direct offering, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 843 units for a purchase price of $1,000 per unit, resulting in
gross proceeds to us of $843,000 (the “Series D Placement”). Each unit (“Series D Unit”) consisted of (i) one share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per
share (the “Series D Convertible Preferred Stock”) convertible into 84 shares of our common stock, (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization,
etc.) and (ii) one five-year warrant to purchase approximately 21 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $24.30, subject to adjustment as provided in the
Warrants (“Series D Warrant”). The Series D Warrants will be exercisable beginning on May 11, 2012 and until the close of business on the fifth anniversary of the initial
exercise date.

75

The Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will rank senior to the Company’s common stock with respect to payments made upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution.
Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, after payment of the Company’s debts and liabilities, and before any payment is made to the holders of any
junior securities, the holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will first be entitled to be paid $1,000 per share subject to adjustment for accrued but unpaid dividends.

We may not pay any dividends on shares of common stock unless we also pay dividends on the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock in the same form and amount, on an
as-if-converted  basis,  as  dividends  actually  paid  on  shares  of  our  common  stock.  Except  for  such  dividends,  no  other  dividends  may  be  paid  on  the  Series  D  Convertible
Preferred Stock.

Each share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 84 shares of common stock (based upon an initial conversion price of $19.50 per share) at any time
at the option of the holder, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and similar recapitalization transactions (the “Series  D  Conversion  Ratio”).
Subject to certain exceptions, if the Company issues any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents at a per share price that is lower than the conversion price of the
Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  the  conversion  price  will  be  reduced  to  the  per  share  price  at  which  such  shares  of  common  stock  or  common  stock  equivalents  are
issued. Each share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the Series D Conversion Ratio then in effect if, after
six months from the closing of the Series D Placement, the common stock trades on the OTCQB (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is
then traded) at a price equal to at least 300% of the then effective Series D Convertible Preferred Stock conversion price for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days with each
trading day having a volume of at least $50,000. Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

In addition, in the event we consummate a merger or consolidation with or into another person or other reorganization event in which our shares of common stock are
converted or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, or we  sell,  lease,  license  or  otherwise  dispose  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  our  assets  or  we  or  another  person
acquire 50% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock, then following such event, the holders of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive
upon conversion of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock the same kind and amount of securities, cash or property which the holders of the Series D Convertible Preferred
Stock would have received had they converted the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock immediately prior to such fundamental transaction.

The holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote on any matters presented to the stockholders of the Company for their action or consideration at
any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), except that the holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock may
vote separately as a class on any matters that would (i) amend, our Restated Articles of Organization, as amended, in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the Series D
Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  (ii)  alter  or  change  adversely  the  powers,  preferences  or  rights  of  the  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  or  alter  or  amend  the  certificate  of
designation, (iii) authorize or create any class of shares ranking as to dividends, redemption or distribution of assets upon liquidation senior to, or otherwise pari passu with, the
Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, or (iv) increase the number of authorized shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.

If,  within  12  months  of  the  initial  issuance  of  the  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  we  issue  any  common  stock,  common  stock  equivalents,  indebtedness  or  any
combination thereof (a “Subsequent Financing”), the holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will have the right to participate on a pro-rata basis in up to 50% of such
Subsequent Financing.

Series D Warrants

The Series D Warrants originally had an exercise price equal to $24.30 per share of common stock. In April 2012, the number of Series D Warrants increased by 17,681 to
a total of 34,930 and each Series D Warrant had an exercise price reset to $12.00 per share of common stock. In December of 2013 the number of Series D Warrants increased
by 20,958 to a total of 55,887 and each Series D Warrant had an exercise price reset to $7.50 per share of common stock. The Series D Warrants will be exercisable beginning
on  the  six-month  anniversary  of  the  date  of  issuance  and  expire  five  years  from  the  initial  exercise  date.  The  Series  D  Warrants  permit  the  holder  to  conduct  a  “cashless
exercise” at any time a registration statement registering, or the prospectus contained therein, is not available for the issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of the Series D Warrant, and under certain circumstances at the expiration of the Series D Warrants. The exercise price and/or number of shares of common stock
issuable upon exercise of the Series D Warrants are subject to adjustment for certain stock dividends, stock splits or similar capital reorganizations, as set forth in the Warrants.
The exercise price is also subject to adjustment in the event that we issue any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents at a per share price that is lower than the
exercise price for the Series D Warrants then in effect. Upon any such issuance, subject to certain exceptions, the exercise price will be reduced to the per share price at which
such shares of common stock or common stock equivalents are issued and number of Series D Warrant shares issuable thereunder shall be increased such that the aggregate
exercise price payable thereunder, after taking into account the decrease in the exercise price, shall be equal to the aggregate exercise price prior to such adjustment. Unless
waived  under  certain  circumstance  by  the  holder  of  a  Series  D  Warrant,  such  holder  may  not  exercise  the  Series  D  Warrant  if  upon  such  exercise  the  holder’s  beneficial
ownership of the Company’s common stock would exceed certain thresholds.

76

In the event we consummate a merger or consolidation with or into another person or other reorganization event in which our shares of common stock are converted or
exchanged for securities, cash or other property, or we sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets or we or another person acquire 50% or
more of our outstanding shares of common stock, then following such  event,  the  holders  of  the  Series  D  Warrants  will  be  entitled  to  receive  upon  exercise  of  the  Series  D
Warrants the same kind and amount of securities, cash or property which the holders would have received had they exercised the Series D Warrants immediately prior to such
fundamental transaction.

On May 10, 2017, we received net proceeds of $140,214 from the exercise of 19,889 stock purchase warrants from the Series D registered direct offering on November 10,
2011. In consideration for the warrant exercises, we issued to the investors warrants to purchase 39,778 shares of our Common Stock at an exercise price per share equal to
$8.40 per share. The warrants expire on the third year anniversary date. We determined the fair value of $186,802 for these warrants and recorded the value as other expenses.

Series G Convertible Preferred Stock

On July 6 and November 15, 2012, we completed a private placement, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 4,844 units for a purchase price of $150.00 per unit (the
“Series G Purchase Price”), resulting in gross proceeds to us of $726,600 (the “Series G Private Placement”). Each unit (“Series G Unit”) consists of (i) one share of Series G
Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Series G Preferred Stock”) convertible into 1 share of our common stock, (subject to adjustment for stock splits,
stock dividends, recapitalization, etc.) and (ii) a three-year warrant to purchase 1 share of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $15.00 (the “Series G Warrant”).
The Series G Warrants will be exercisable until the close of business on the third anniversary of the applicable closing date of the Series G Private Placement.

Each share of Series G Preferred Stock will receive a cumulative dividend at the annual rate of (i) four percent (4%) on those shares of Series G Preferred Stock purchased

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
from the Company by an individual purchaser with an aggregate investment of less than $100,000, (ii) six percent (6%) on those shares of Series G Preferred Stock purchased
from the Company by an individual purchaser with an aggregate investment of at least $100,000 but less than $250,000, and (iii) twelve percent (12%) on those shares of Series
G Preferred Stock purchased from the Company by an individual purchaser with an aggregate investment of at least $250,000. Dividends accruing on the Series G Preferred
Stock shall accrue from day to day until, and shall be paid within fifteen (15) days of, the first anniversary of, the original issue date of the Series G Preferred Stock; provided,
however, if any shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding at such time, payment of the accrued dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock shall be
deferred until no such shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock remain outstanding. The Company may pay accrued dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock in cash or
in shares of its common stock equal to the volume weighted average price of the common stock as reported by the OTCQB for the ten (10) trading days immediately preceding
the Series G’s first anniversary.

At the election of the Company and upon required advanced notice, each share of Series G Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at
the Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) if, after 6 months from the original issuance date of the Series G Preferred Stock, the common stock trades on the OTCQB (or other
primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded) at a price equal to at least $22.50, for 7 out of 10 consecutive trading days with average daily
trading  volume  of  at  least  334  shares,  (ii)  on  or  after  the  first  anniversary  of  the  original  issuance  date  of  the  Series  G  Preferred  Stock  or  (iii)  upon  completion  of  a  firm-
commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company at a per share price equal to at least $22.50, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than
$2.5 million. Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of the Series G Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series G Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon
such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

The  holders  of  Series  G  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  vote  on  any  matters  presented  to  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  for  their  action  or  consideration  at  any

meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), except as required by law.

77

Series H Convertible Preferred Stock

On December 28, 2012 the Company amended the Articles of Incorporation to authorize 10,000 shares of Series H Convertible Preferred Stock. On January 4, 2013, the
Company reported that it had entered into a securities purchase and exchange agreement with an investor, pursuant to which the Company agreed to exchange 33,334 shares of
the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share of common stock held by the investor for an aggregate of 10,000 shares of a newly created series of preferred stock,
designated Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series H Preferred Stock”) in a non-cash transaction. The investor originally purchased the
common stock from the Company for $24.08 per share. The exchange ratio was 4 shares of common stock per share of Series H Preferred Stock at a stated conversion price of
$24.08 per share.

Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock

On December 23, 2014 the Company amended the Articles of Incorporation to authorize 21 shares of Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock. On December 23, 2014, the
Company reported that it had entered into a securities purchase and exchange agreement with an investor, pursuant to which the Company agreed to exchange 70,000 shares of
the  Company’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  of  common  stock  held  by  the  investor  for  an  aggregate  of  21  shares  of  a  newly  created  series  of  preferred  stock,
designated Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series H2 Preferred Stock”) in a non-cash transaction. The investor originally acquired the
common stock from the Company for $7.50 per share in the warrant reset transaction on December 23, 2014. The exchange ratio was 3,334 shares of common stock per share
of Series H2 Preferred Stock at a stated conversion price of $7.50 per share.

Series J Convertible Preferred Stock

On February 6, March 28 and May 20, 2013, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase with various individuals pursuant to which the Company sold an aggregate of
5,087.5 units for a purchase price of $400.00 per unit (the “Purchase Price”), or an aggregate Purchase Price of $2,034,700. Each unit purchased in the initial tranche consists of
(i)  one  share  of  a  newly  created  series  of  preferred  stock,  designated  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  (the  “Series  J  Convertible  Preferred
Stock”), convertible into 34 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share and (ii) a warrant to purchase 34 shares of common stock at an exercise price
equal to $12.00 per share. The warrants expire three years from the issuance date.

From the date of issuance of any shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and until the earlier of the first anniversary of such date, the voluntary conversion of any
shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion (solely under the Company’s control based upon certain triggering events) of the Series
J Convertible Preferred Stock, dividends will accrue on each share of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock at an annual rate of (i) four percent (4%) of the Purchase Price on
those shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who purchased
from the Company shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock with an aggregate Purchase Price of less than $250,000, and (ii) six percent (6%) of the Purchase Price on
those shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who purchased
shares  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  with  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  at  least  $250,000.  Dividends  accruing  on  the  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  shall
accrue from day to day until the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of issuance of such shares of Series J Convertible Stock, the voluntary conversion of any shares of
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, and shall be paid, as applicable, within fifteen (15)
days of the first anniversary of the original issue date of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, within five (5) days of the voluntary conversion of shares of the Series J
Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  or  within  five  (5)  days  of  the  mandatory  conversion  of  shares  of  the  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  The  Company  may  pay  accrued
dividends on the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, in shares of its common stock in accordance
with a specified formula.

Each share of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 34 shares of common stock at the option of the holder on or after the six-month anniversary of the
issuance of such share, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar transactions (the “Conversion Ratio”). Unless waived under certain
circumstances by the holder of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion
the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

At  the  election  of  the  Company  and  upon  required  advance  notice,  each  share  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  be  converted  into  shares  of
common stock at the Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) on or after the six-month anniversary of the original issuance date of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, the
common stock trades on the OTCQB (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded) at a price per share equal to at least $24.00 for 7
out of 10 consecutive trading days with average daily trading volume of at least 1,667 shares, (ii) on the first anniversary of the original issuance date of the Series J Convertible
Preferred Stock or (iii) within three days of the completion of a firm-commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company at a per share price equal to at least
$24.00,  with  aggregate  gross  proceeds  to  the  Company  of  not  less  than  $2.5  million.  Unless  waived  under  certain  circumstances  by  the  holder  of  the  Series  J  Convertible
Preferred  Stock,  such  holder’s  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  may  not  be  converted  if  upon  such  conversion  the  holder’s  beneficial  ownership  would  exceed  certain
thresholds.

78

The  holders  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  vote  on  any  matters  presented  to  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  for  their  action  or

consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), except as required by law.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock

From the date of issuance of any shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and until the earlier of the first anniversary of such date, the voluntary conversion of any
shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion (solely under the Company’s control based upon certain triggering events) of the Series
K Convertible Preferred Stock, dividends will accrue on each share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock at an annual rate of (i) four percent (4%) of the Purchase Price on
those shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who purchased
from the Company shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock with an aggregate Purchase Price of less than $100,000, and (ii) six percent (6%) of the Purchase Price on
those shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who purchased
shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock with an aggregate purchase price of at least $100,000. Dividends accruing on the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock shall
accrue from day to day until the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of issuance of such shares of Series K Convertible Stock, the voluntary conversion of any shares of
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, and shall be paid, as applicable, within fifteen (15)
days of the first anniversary of the original issue date of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, within five (5) days of the voluntary conversion of shares of the Series K
Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  or  within  five  (5)  days  of  the  mandatory  conversion  of  shares  of  the  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  The  Company  may  pay  accrued
dividends on the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, in shares of its common stock in accordance
with a specified formula.

Each share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 34 shares of common stock at the option of the holder on or after the six-month anniversary of the
issuance of such share, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar transactions (the “Conversion Ratio”). Unless waived under certain
circumstances  by  the  holder  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  such  holder’s  shares  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  may  not  be  converted  if  upon  such
conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

At  the  election  of  the  Company  and  upon  required  advance  notice,  each  share  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  be  converted  into  shares  of
common stock at the Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) on or after the six-month anniversary of the original issuance date of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, the
common stock trades on the OTCQB (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded) at a price per share equal to at least $24.00 for 7
out  of  10  consecutive  trading  days  with  average  daily  trading  volume  of  at  least  1,667  shares,  (ii)  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  original  issuance  date  of  the  Series  K
Convertible Preferred Stock or (iii) within three days of the completion of a firm-commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company at a per share price equal
to  at  least  $24.00,  with  aggregate  gross  proceeds  to  the  Company  of  not  less  than  $2.5  million.  Unless  waived  under  certain  circumstances  by  the  holder  of  the  Series  K
Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series K Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed
certain thresholds.

The holders of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote on any matters presented to the stockholders of the Company for their action or consideration at any
meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), except as required by law.

79

Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company entered into Securities Purchase Agreements with accredited investors pursuant to which the Company sold an
aggregate of 1,456 shares of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock, each preferred share convertible into 1,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per
share, for an aggregate Purchase price of approximately $3.6 million. We issued to the investors warrants to purchase an aggregate 1,455,600 shares of common stock with an
exercise price of $3.50 per share. The placement agent for this transaction received 145,560 warrants with a value of $405,557 and cash fees of $363,819 which were recognized
as preferred stock offering costs and charged to additional paid in capital.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company entered into Securities Purchase Agreements with accredited investors pursuant to which the Company sold an
aggregate  of  60  shares  of  Series AA  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  each  preferred  share  convertible  into  1,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per
share,  for  an  aggregate  Purchase  price  of  approximately  $150,000.  We  issued  to  the  investors  warrants  to  purchase  an  aggregate  60,000  shares  of  common  stock  with  an
exercise price of $3.50 per share. The Company did not incur   any placement agent fees for this transaction. In this time we also converted $110,000 of debt into 44 shares of
Series AA preferred stock and 44,000 warrants to acquire common stock (five-year term and $3.50 exercise price). The relative fair value of warrants is $38,783.

The issuances of our convertible preferred stock and common stock purchase warrants are accounted for under the fair value and relative fair value method.

The warrant is first analyzed per its terms as to whether it has derivative features or not. If the warrant is determined to be a derivative, then it is measured at fair value
using the Black Scholes Option Model and recorded as a liability on the balance sheet. The warrant is re-measured at its then current fair value at each subsequent reporting
date (it is “marked-to-market”).

If the warrant is determined to not have derivative features, it is recorded into equity at its fair value using the Black Scholes option model, however, limited to a relative

fair value based upon the percentage of its fair value to the total fair value including the fair value of the convertible preferred stock.

We analyzed these warrants issued in 2019 and determined that they were not considered derivatives and therefore recorded the aggregate relative fair value of $2,307,909

into equity relating to the 1,455,600 investor warrants and 145,560 broker warrants issued during 2019.

We analyzed the warrants issued in 2020 and determined that they were not considered derivatives and therefore recorded the aggregate relative fair value of $69,580 into

equity relating to the 60,000  investor warrants issued during 2020.

The convertible preferred stock is recorded at its fair value, limited to a relative fair value based upon the percentage of its fair value to the total fair value including the fair
value of the warrant. Further, the convertible preferred stock is examined for any intrinsic BCF of which the convertible price of the preferred stock is less than the closing
stock price on date of issuance. If the relative fair value method is used to value the convertible preferred stock and there is an intrinsic BCF, a further analysis is undertaken of
the BCF using an effective conversion price which assumes the conversion price is the relative fair value divided by the number of shares of common stock the convertible
preferred stock is converted into by its terms. The adjusted BCF value of $61,180 and $2,653,344 was accounted for as a deemed dividend within equity and was included in the
earnings per share calculation for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Common Stock

Stock Options and Warrants

At the Company’s December 12, 2013 Special Meeting, the shareholders approved the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”) pursuant to which 3,000,000 shares of
our common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of stock options or other equity awards. Under the 2013 Plan, we may award stock options, shares of common
stock, and other equity interests in the Company to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors, and to any other persons the Board of Directors deems appropriate.
As of December 31, 2020, options to acquire 1,355,901 shares were outstanding under the Plan.

All of the outstanding non-qualified options had an exercise price that was at or above the Company’s common stock share price at time of issuance.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On December 19, 2019 the Board of Directors approved the re-pricing of 380,630 outstanding stock options with an exercise price of $3.40 to $0.69 (the closing market
price on December 19, 2019). The vesting schedule and term of these options remained unchanged. The Board also awarded 1,014,240 stock options to officers, employees,
contractor and board members based on the annual compensation committee recommendation.

We accounted for these transactions as modifications under ASC 718. Therefore, incremental compensation cost shall be measured as the excess of the fair value of the
replacement award or other valuable consideration over the fair value of the cancelled award at the cancellation date. The total compensation cost measured at the date of a
cancellation and replacement shall be the portion of the grant-date fair value of the original award for which the requisite service is expected to be rendered (or has already been
rendered) at that date plus the incremental cost resulting from the cancellation and replacement. The compensation value created by the repricing of stock options in 2019 and
the termination and issuance of new stock options in 2018, as determined under the Black Scholes method, was approximately $73,355 and $759,469, respectively, and under
ASC 718 results in a non-cash expense in current and future periods not to exceed the vesting periods of the stock options.

As  of  December  31,  2019,  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  the  unvested  stock-based  awards  was  $761,770,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over
weighted average period of 2.37 years. The aggregate intrinsic value associated with the options outstanding and exercisable and the aggregate intrinsic value associated with
the warrants outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2019, based on the December 31, 2019 closing stock price of $1.25, was $136,683.

As  of  December  31,  2020,  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  the  unvested  stock-based  awards  was  $304,900,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over
weighted average period of 1.59 years. The aggregate intrinsic value associated with the options outstanding and exercisable and the aggregate intrinsic value associated with
the warrants outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2020, based on the December 31, 2020 closing stock price of $2.12, was $1,240,469.

81

The following tables summarize information concerning options and warrants outstanding and exercisable:

Balance outstanding, January 1, 2019

Granted
Exercised
Expired
Forfeited

Balance outstanding, December 31, 2019

Granted
Exercised
Expired
Forfeited

Balance outstanding, December 31, 2020

Stock Options

Warrants

Total

Weighted
Average
price per
share

   3.39 

0.81 
- 
- 
3.39 
0.71 

- 
- 
- 
0.78 
0.69 

Shares

366,734 
1,447,420 
- 
- 

(417,852)  
1,396,302 
- 
- 
- 

(40,401)  

1,355,901 

$

$

$

Weighted
Average
price per
share

   3.50   

3.50   
-   
14.82   
-   
3.52   

3.50   
-   
4.01   
-   
3.50   

Shares
7,764,821   
2,153,214   
-   
(25,001)  
-   
9,893,034   
4,925,031   
-   
(383,363)  
-   
14,434,702   

$

$

$

Shares
8,131,555   
3,600,634   
-   
(25,001)  
(417,852)  
11,289,336   
4,925,031   
-   
(383,363)  
(40,401)  
15,790,603   

Exercisable

7,792,570 

10,148,543 

15,302,830 

Range of 
Exercise Prices
0.01 

$

0.69 

$

Number of 
Options

1,355,901 
1,355,901 

Common Stock Issuances

Options Outstanding
Weighted Average
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (Years)

Exercise 
Price

Number of 
Options

Options Exercisable
Weighted Average
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (Years)

Exercise 
Price

8.7   
8.7   

$
$

0.69   
0.69   

867,461   
867,461   

8.6   
8.6   

$
$

0.69 
0.69 

On  various  dates  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  the  Company  issued  a  total  of  1,618,704  shares  of  restricted  common  stock  at  a  fair  value  of  approximately
$3,671,311 to accredited investors. 76,800 of the shares with a fair value of $179,077 were issued for services rendered; 122,135 of the shares with a fair value of $299,709 were
issued in lieu of cash for the 8% dividend on Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock; 871,309 of the shares with a fair value of $2,220,442 were issued for the conversion of
debt and interest for common stock; 323,260 of the shares with a fair value of $629,809 were issued for debt extension, settlement and interest payments, 66,500 shares with a
fair value of $127,855 were issued to settle an accrued liability and 158,700 of the shares with a fair value of $214,419 were issued in conjunction with the signing of new
convertible loans.

As profiled in the following table, for five loans we are obligated to issue common stock if not paid by defined dates.

Loan

Loan 1
Loan 2
Loan 3
Loan 4
Loan 5

Loan Issuance Date

July 21, 2020
September 21, 2020
September 23, 2020
September 25, 2020
October 22, 2020

Loan
Principal

Percentage of Loan
Principal Issuable

Defined
Date

Shares Issuable
Frequency

$
$
$
$
$

115,000   
345,000   
115,000   
115,000   
115,000   

0.0435% 
0.0362% 
0.0652% 
0.0652% 
0.0652% 

September 30, 2020
November 16, 2020
December 1, 2020
December 1, 2020
December 1, 2020

Monthly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company accrued $4,136 in interest expense for these obligations to issue common stock.

For our loan dated December 23, 2020, we are obligated to issue 100,000 warrants if the loan is not repaid before January 23, 2021 and an additional 10,000 shares of
common stock if the loan is not repaid before February 23, 2021. We are also obligated to issue 10,000 shares of common stock and 200,000 warrants if the loan is not repaid
before March 23, 2021. If the loan is not repaid on March 23, 2021, 10,000 shares of common stock will be issued every 31 days up to the loan’s maturity date on June 23,
2021.

On  various  dates  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  the  Company  issued  a  total  of  865,438  shares  of  restricted  common  stock  at  a  fair  value  of  approximately
$1,849,103 to accredited investors. 139,000 of the shares with a fair value of $398,600 were issued for services rendered; 81,767 of the shares with a fair value of $205,100 were
issued in lieu of cash for the 8% dividend on Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock; shareholders converted 16 shares of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock into 16,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of common stock; 126,200 of the shares with a fair value of $356,510 were issued for the conversion of debt and interest for common stock; 422,234 of the shares with a
fair value of $649,018 were issued for debt extension and 80,237 of the shares with a fair value of $239,875 were issued in conjunction with the signing of new convertible
loans.

(11) Subsequent Events

From January 1, 2021 through April 11, 2021 the Company received four convertible loans for a total of $957,500. The Company issued 181,000 warrants (five-year life
and $3.50 strike price) with three of the loans, and in the fourth loan the Company agreed to issue 5,000 shares of common stock each month over the six-month term as fees
paid to the lender. These loans have conversion prices of $2.50, carry interest rates ranging from 10% to 18%, and terms ranging from six to twelve months. In this time, the
Company also received $100,000 on the sale of Series AA shares (issuing 40,000 warrants with a five-year term and strike price of $3.50), $85,000 of related party loans, a
second  Payroll  Protection  Program  (“PPP”)  loan  sponsored  by  the  United  States  for  $367,037  (1%  interest  and  five-year  term),  and  entered  into  Merchant  Cash  lender
agreements (collecting $379,704, $110,296 of one merchant cash lender loan was used to settle an existing merchant agreement dated November 5, 2020). One of the Merchant
Cash lender loans is personally guaranteed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Under these agreements, the Company pays $4,792 each business day to its Merchant
Cash lenders until the lenders have received cumulative payments of $663,460. In this time, the Company’s first PPP loan for $367,039 was forgiven by the United States, and
the Company issued 10,000 shares of common stock (valued at $22,800) to a consultant for Investor Relations services, 24,000 stock options to an employee (10 year term and
$2.17 per share exercise price) and repaid loans dated May 20, 2019, June 7, 2019 and August 14,2019 for $193,375 and 23,200 shares of common stock (settling principal,
interest and fees).

On April 1, 2021, the Company entered into extensions of its Standstill and Forbearance Agreements with lenders who hold convertible notes with a total principal of

$1.55 million through April 16, 2021.

82

 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None

 ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Securities Exchange Act of 1934 filings are
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to
our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), as appropriate, to
allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  In  designing  and  evaluating  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  management  recognized  that  any  controls  and
procedures,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  of  achieving  the  desired  control  objectives,  as  ours  are  designed  to  do,  and
management was necessarily required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As of December 31, 2020, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and
principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  Based  upon  that  evaluation,  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and
procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2020 due to limited resources for adequate personnel to prepare and file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
within the required periods, and material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our accounting for complex equity transactions as described
below under the heading “Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting”. Management plans to remediate this weakness by taking the actions described
below.

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f)
and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of
directors,  management  and  other  personnel  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

●

●

●

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of our assets;

provide reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management and directors; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.

Our  internal  control  system  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  to  our  management  and  board  of  directors  regarding  the  preparation  and  fair  presentation  of
financial  statements.  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Projections  of  any  evaluation  of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies
or procedures may deteriorate.

We have assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the

Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013).

Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2020, the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting because of

the effect of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting discussed below.

83

Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard No. 2 defines a material weakness as a significant deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies,
that results in there being a more than remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely
basis. Based upon this definition, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, a material weakness existed in our internal control over financial reporting related
to accounting for complex equity transactions.

Specifically, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting related to the following matters:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● We identified a lack of sufficient segregation of duties. Specifically, this material weakness is such that the design over these areas relies primarily on detective controls

and could be strengthened by adding preventative controls to properly safeguard Company assets.

● Management has  identified  a  lack  of  sufficient  personnel  in  the  accounting  function  due  to  our  limited  resources  with  appropriate  skills, training  and  experience  to
perform the review processes to ensure the complete and proper application of generally accepted accounting principles, particularly as it relates to valuation of warrants
and  other  complex  debt  /equity  transactions.  Specifically, this  material  weakness  resulted  in  audit  adjustments  to  the  annual  consolidated  financial  statements  and
revisions to related disclosures.

●

●

●

●

Limited policies and procedures that cover recording and reporting of financial transactions.

Lack of multiple levels of review over the financial reporting process

Our plan to remediate those material weaknesses is as follows:

Improve the effectiveness of the accounting group by augmenting our existing resources with additional consultants or employees to assist in the analysis and recording
of  complex  accounting  transactions,  and  to  simultaneously  achieve  desired  organizational structuring  for  improved  segregation  of  duties.  We  plan  to  mitigate  this
identified deficiency by hiring an independent consultant once we generate significantly more revenue or raise significant additional working capital.

Improve expert review and achieve desired segregation procedures by strengthening cross approval of various functions including  quarterly internal  audit  procedures
where appropriate.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably

likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

 PART III

84

 ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors

The following table sets forth information about the individuals who serve as our directors as of December 31, 2020.

Name

Age

Position

Board Committees

Richard T. Schumacher

Jeffrey N. Peterson

Dr. Mickey Urdea

Vito J. Mangiardi

Kevin A. Pollack

70

65

68

72

50

President, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer, Clerk and Director

  Chairman of the Board

  Audit, Compensation, Nominating

  Director

  Director

  Director

Scientific Advisory Board

  Audit, Compensation, Nominating

  Audit, Compensation, Nominating

Term of
office
expires:

2023

2021

2021

2022

2022

The following noteworthy experience, qualifications, attributes and skills for each Board member, together with the biographical information for each nominee described below,
led to our conclusion that the person should serve as a director in light of our business and structure:

Mr. Richard T. Schumacher, the founder of the Company, has served as a director of the Company since 1978. He has served as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer since
April 16, 2004 and President since September 14, 2004, and Interim Chief Financial officer since November 27, 2019. He previously served as Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of the Company from 1992 to February 2003. From July 9, 2003 until April 14, 2004 he served as a consultant to the Company pursuant to a consulting
agreement.  He  served  as  President  of  the  Company  from August  1978  to August  1999.  Mr.  Schumacher  served  as  the  Director  of  Infectious  Disease  Services  for  Clinical
Sciences  Laboratory,  a  New  England-based  medical  reference  laboratory,  from  1986  to  1988.  From  1972  to  1985,  Mr.  Schumacher  was  a  research  scientist  and  clinical
laboratory  director  at  the  Center  for  Blood  Research,  a  nonprofit  medical  research  institute  associated  with  Harvard  Medical  School.  Mr.  Schumacher  received  a  B.S.  in
Zoology from the University of New Hampshire.

Mr.  Jeffrey  N.  Peterson   has  served  as  a  director  of  the  Company  since  July  2011  and  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  starting  in  2012.  Since  1999,  he  has  served  as  the  Chief
Executive  Officer  of  Target  Discovery,  Inc.  (“TDI”),  a  personalized  medicine  diagnostics  (PMDx)  and  analytical  testing  solutions  company.  Mr.  Peterson  also  serves  as
Chairman and CEO of TDI’s majority-owned subsidiary, Veritomyx, Inc., which is commercializing software tools for more sensitive, complete and accurate identification and
characterization of all large and small molecular components of complex samples. Mr. Peterson served as Chairman of the Board of Imaging3 (OTCQB: IGNG), an innovative
medical  and  industrial  imaging  company,  from  March  2018  through  July  2019.  Prior  to  incorporating  and  founding  TDI,  Mr.  Peterson  served  as  CEO  of  Sharpe,  Peterson,
Ocheltree & Associates, an international business development consulting firm assisting Fortune 500 and many smaller firms in business expansion and strategy. Prior to that,
he spent 9 years in key management roles in Abbott Laboratories’ Diagnostics and International (Pharmaceuticals, Hospital Products, Nutritionals, and Consumer) businesses,
last serving as CEO and General Manager of Abbott South Africa. Mr. Peterson’s experience prior to Abbott Laboratories included 11 years with General Electric’s Engineered
Materials and Plastics businesses, spanning roles in strategic planning, business development, technology licensing, marketing and sales, operations, quality control and R&D.
Mr. Peterson holds BSChE and MSChE (Chemical Engineering) degrees from MIT, as well as 6 issued US patents. He served as Chair Emeritus of the BayBio Institute, a non-
profit organization serving the life science community, and on the Board of BayBio, a trade association for the life sciences industry in Northern California. He served as a
cofounder of the Coalition for 21st Century Medicine, and of BIO’s Personalized Medicine & Diagnostics Working Group. He served on the Board of Advisors for the Center
for  Professional  Development  and  Entrepreneurship  at  the  University  of  Texas  MD Anderson  Cancer  Center.  He  currently  serves  on  the Advisory  Board  of  the  California
Technology Council.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
85

Mr. Vito J. Mangiardi has served as a director of the Company since July 2012. Mr. Mangiardi is an accomplished senior executive with proven experience as a President,
CEO and COO in the Life Sciences and Bio-Energy product and service sectors. He is a strong P&L performer and corporate strategist in General Management, Operations,
Sales/Marketing, and Science. Mr. Mangiardi has held positions as a Research Chemist for Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc.; Sales & Marketing Director for Baxter Travenol, Inc.;
Executive  VP  and  COO  for  Quintiles  Transnational  Corp.;  President  and  CEO  of  Diagnostics  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Clingenix,  Inc.,  and  Bilcare,  Inc.;  and  President  of AAI
Pharma,  Inc.  More  recently  he  was  the  COO/Deputy  Director  of  Operations  and  Production  at  the  University  of  California  Lawrence  Berkeley  National  Laboratory  Joint
Genome  Institute.  Mr.  Mangiardi  has  experience  with  three  start-ups,  two  midsize,  and  several  mature  companies,  and  has  international  experience  leading  and  managing
organizations  on  four  continents.  He  has  vast  experience  in  leading  alliances,  acquisitions,  due  diligence,  and  post-acquisition  assimilation.  Mr.  Mangiardi  has  been  on  the
Board of Directors of three companies and has proven success in working with both national and international investment groups to raise funds. Mr. Mangiardi earned a BS in
Biology/Chemistry from Eastern Illinois University and two MBA degrees from Golden Gate University - in General Management and in Marketing. Mr. Mangiardi is listed as
an inventor in four patents and various publications in protein separation techniques in the area of metabolism, thyroid, anemia/hematology and cancer, and is a member of
numerous professional organizations. Mr. Mangiardi is the founding partner, President and CEO of Marin Bay Partners, LLC (MBP), a consulting firm focused on life sciences,
pharmaceutical development and clinical diagnostics.

Mr. Kevin A. Pollack has served as a director of the Company since July 2012. From 2017 to 2018, Mr. Pollack served as an advisor to Opiant Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (OPNT-
NASDAQ), a pharmaceutical company with a mission to create best-in-class medicines for the treatment of addictions and drug overdose. He previously served as its Chief
Financial Officer and as a member of its Board of Directors from 2012 until 2017. He also serves as President of Short Hills Capital LLC. Previously, Mr. Pollack worked in
asset management at Paragon Capital LP, focusing primarily on U.S.-listed companies, and as an investment banker at Banc of America Securities LLC, focusing on corporate
finance and mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Pollack started his career at Sidley Austin LLP (formerly Brown & Wood LLP) as a securities attorney focusing on corporate finance,
and mergers and acquisitions. He served on the Board of Directors of Taronis Fuels, Inc. (TRNF-OTCQB) from 2019 to 2021 and served on the Board of Directors of BBHC,
Inc. (TRNX-OTC) from 2012 until 2020. Mr. Pollack graduated magna cum laude from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and received a dual J.D./M.B.A.
from Vanderbilt University, where he graduated with Beta Gamma Sigma honors.

Dr.  Michael  S.  Urdea  has  served  as  a  director  of  the  Company  since  February  8,  2013.  Dr.  Urdea  founded  and  is  a  Founder  and  Partner  for  Halteres  Associates,  a
biotechnology consulting firm. He also founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of Tethys Bioscience, a proteomics-based diagnostics company involved in preventative
personalized medicine. Additionally, Dr. Urdea is a founder and the Chairman of Catalysis Foundation for Health, an organization addressing gaps in global healthcare caused
by  inefficiencies  in  disease  diagnosis  and  monitoring.  He  serves  as  an  expert  consultant  to  the  life  sciences  industry  and  is  on  the  scientific  advisory  boards  and  boards  of
directors of a number of biotechnology, diagnostics, venture capital and philanthropic organizations. Prior to his current business activities, Dr. Urdea founded the Nucleic Acid
Diagnostics group at Chiron Corporation, and with colleagues, invented branched DNA molecules for amplification of signal in nucleic acid complexes. Application of this
technology  resulted  in  the  first  commercial  products  for  quantification  of  human  hepatitis  B,  hepatitis  C,  and  human  immunodeficiency  viruses  (HBV,  HCV,  and  HIV,
respectively).  He  then  became  business  head  of  the  Molecular  Diagnostics  Group  and  Chief  Scientific  Officer  at  Bayer  Diagnostics.  He  continues  to  serve  as  a  diagnostics
industry, product development and scientific advisor to the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, acted as co-chair of two of the Grand Challenges grant review committees, and
served  as  a  member  of  its  Diagnostic  Forum.  Dr.  Urdea  is  an  author  on  nearly  200  peer-reviewed  scientific  publications,  nearly  300  abstracts  and  international  scientific
presentations, and more than 100 issued and pending patents. He received his BS in Biology and Chemistry from Northern Arizona University in Flagstaff and his Ph.D. in
Biochemistry from Washington State University.

86

Executive Officers

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. The following table sets forth information about our executive officers.

Name

Richard T. Schumacher
Edmund Ting, Ph.D.
Alexander Lazarev, Ph.D.

Age
70
67
56

President, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Clerk and Director
Senior Vice President of Engineering

  Chief Science Officer

Position

Mr. Richard T. Schumacher – Mr. Schumacher’s biography can be found under the Directors heading.

Dr.  Edmund  Ting joined  us  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  Engineering  on  April  24,  2006.  Prior  to  joining  us,  Dr.  Ting  served  as  the  Chief  Research  Officer  of  Avure
Technologies, a leading worldwide manufacturer of high pressure hydrostatic processing equipment for the food and materials processing industry, where he worked from 2001
to 2006. From 1990 to 2001, Dr. Ting was employed by Flow International Corporation, a world leader in the ultrahigh pressure waterjet cutting technology market, and the
parent company of Avure Technologies until November 2005. Dr. Ting last held the position of Vice President of Engineering Research and Development at Flow International
Corporation. From 1984 to 1990, Dr. Ting was a research scientist and then a group leader at Grumman Aerospace Corporation. Dr. Ting earned a Bachelor of Science degree
in mechanical engineering from Northeastern University and a Science Doctorate in materials science and engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Dr. Alexander Lazarev  has served as our Chief Science Officer since 2019. Prior to that, he serviced as our Vice President of Research and Development since 2007, and he
served  as  our  Director  of  Research  and  Development,  since  joining  us  in  2006.  Prior  to  joining  us,  Dr.  Lazarev  worked  as  a  Visiting  Scientist  at  the  Barnett  Institute  of
Chemical and Biological Analysis at Northeastern University in 2005, and served as a Director of New Technology Development at Proteome Systems, Inc., where he was
involved  in  research  and  development  of  innovative  proteomic  analysis  applications  from  2001  until  early  2006.  From  1998  to  2001,  Dr.  Lazarev  was  employed  as  Senior
Scientist at the Proteomics Division of Genomic Solutions, Inc. Prior to his employment at Genomic Solutions, Inc., Dr. Lazarev was employed in an analytical contract service
startup company, PhytoChem Technologies, Inc., which was founded as a spin-off from ESA, Inc. in 1997. Previously, Dr. Lazarev held various scientific positions at the Ohio
State University School of Medicine and the Uniformed Services University of Health Sciences. Most of his scientific career has been dedicated to development of methods and
applications for biochemical analysis. Since 2005, Dr. Lazarev has been elected as an Executive Board member of the MASSEP.org, a non-profit scientific discussion forum
dedicated to the promotion and improvement of chromatography and other analytical technologies. Dr. Lazarev earned his undergraduate and graduate degrees at the University
of Kazan, Russian Federation.

87

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Delinquent Section 16(a) Report

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s executive officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of the Company’s common stock, to file
reports of ownership and changes in ownership on Forms 3, 4 and 5 with the SEC.

Based solely on the Company’s review of the copies of such Forms and written representations from certain reporting persons, the Company believes that all filings required to
be made by the Company’s Section 16(a) reporting persons during the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 were made on a timely basis.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have adopted a Code of Ethics for senior financial officers that applies to our principal executive officer,
principal  financial  officer,  principal  accounting  officer,  controller,  and  other  persons  performing  similar  functions. A  copy  of  the  code  of  ethics  is  posted  on  and  may  be
obtained free of charge from our internet website at http://www.pressurebiosciences.com. If we make any amendments to this Code of Ethics or grant any waiver, including any
implicit waiver, from a provision of this Code of Ethics to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, or other persons
performing similar functions, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver, the name of the person to whom the waiver was granted and the date of waiver in a
Current Report on Form 8-K.

Corporate Governance

Term of Office

Our directors are appointed for a three-year term to hold office until the annual general meeting of our shareholders or until removed from office in accordance with

our bylaws. Our officers are appointed by our board of directors and hold office until removed by the board.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee was established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Messrs. Pollack (chairman), Mangiardi and Peterson

are currently the members of the Audit Committee.

The  Board  of  Directors  has  determined  that  Mr.  Pollack  qualifies  as  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert”  as  defined  in  Item  407(d)(5)  of  Regulation  S-K  and  is

“independent” as defined by SEC and OTC Market rules.

The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a written charter (the “Audit Committee Charter”), a current copy of which is publicly available on the investor relations portion
of the Company’s website at www.pressurebiosciences.com. Under the provisions of the Audit Committee Charter, the primary functions of the Audit Committee are to assist
the Board of Directors with the oversight of (i) the Company’s financial reporting process, accounting functions, and internal controls, and (ii) the qualifications, independence,
appointment,  retention,  compensation,  and  performance  of  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm.  The Audit  Committee  is  also  responsible  for  the
establishment of “whistle-blowing” procedures, and the oversight of other compliance matters.

Compensation Committee

The  Board  of  Directors  has  a  Compensation  Committee,  consisting  of  Messrs.  Peterson,  Pollack  and  Mangiardi.  The  Compensation  Committee’s  duties  include  (i)
reviewing  and  approving  our  executive  compensation,  (ii)  reviewing  the  recommendations  of  the  president  and  chief  executive  officer  regarding  the  compensation  of  our
executive officers, (iii) evaluating the performance of the president and chief executive officer, (iv) overseeing the administration and approval of grants of stock options and
other equity awards under our equity incentive plans, and (v) recommending compensation for our board of directors and each committee thereof for review and approval by the
board of directors. The Compensation Committee operates pursuant to a written charter, a current copy of which is publicly available on the investor relations portion of our
website at www.pressurebiosciences.com.

88

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:

●

●

●

●

●

●

been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

had any  bankruptcy  petition  filed  by  or  against  the  business  or  property  of  the  person,  or  of  any  partnership,  corporation  or business  association  of  which  he  was  a
general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two years prior to that time;

been subject to any order, judgment,  or  decree,  not  subsequently  reversed,  suspended  or  vacated,  of  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction or  federal  or  state  authority,
permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment,
banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have
violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not
including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation,
any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement
or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or  any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire
fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory  organization (as defined in Section 3(a)
(26) of the Exchange Act), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of  the Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or
organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

Except  as  set  forth  in  our  discussion  below  in  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions,”  none  of  our  directors  or  executive  officers  has  been  involved  in  any
transactions  with  us  or  any  of  our  directors,  executive  officers,  affiliates  or  associates  which  are  required  to  be  disclosed  pursuant  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the
Commission.

89

 ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Officer Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The  Summary  Compensation  Table  below  sets  forth  the  total  compensation  paid  or  earned  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019  for:  (i)  each  individual

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
serving  as  our  chief  executive  officer  (“CEO”)  or  acting  in  a  similar  capacity  during  any  part  of  fiscal  2020;  and  (ii)  the  other  two  most  highly  paid  executive  officers
(collectively, the “Named Executive Officers”) who were serving as executive officers at the end of fiscal 2020.

Name and Principal Position

Fiscal
Year

Salary(1)    

Bonus

Stock
Awards

Option
Awards(2)   

Non-Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earning

All other
Compensation(3)   

Total

Richard T.
Schumacher
President, CEO

Edmund Ting,
Ph.D.
Senior Vice
President of
Engineering

Alexander
Lazarev, Ph.D.
Vice President of
Research and Development

2020    $ 308,962    $
2019   

  308,962   

-    $
-   

-    $
-   

2020   

  207,480   

2019   

  207,480   

2020   
2019   

  200,000   
  198,995   

-   

-   

-   
-   

-   

-   

-   
-   

-    $

            -    $

34,840   

-   

7,665   

-   
6,968   

-   

-   

-   

-   
-   

11,631    $ 320,593 
  355,210 
11,408   

3,106   

  210,586 

2,043   

  217,188 

6,554   
8,310   

  206,554 
  214,273 

(1) Salary refers to base salary compensation paid through our normal payroll process. No bonus was paid to any named executive officer for 2020 or 2019.

(2) Amounts shown do not reflect compensation received by the Named Executive Officers. Instead, the amounts shown are the aggregate grant date fair value as determined
pursuant  to  FASB ASC  718,  Compensation-Stock  Compensation.  Please  refer  to  Note  3,  xiii,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation”  in  the  accompanying  Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, for the relevant assumptions used to determine the valuation of stock option grants.

(3)  “All  Other  Compensation”  includes  our  Company  match  to  the  executives’  401(k)  contribution  and  premiums  paid  on  life  insurance  for  the  executives.  Both  of  these
benefits are available to all of our employees. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, “All Other Compensation” also includes $8,379 in premiums we paid for a life insurance policy to
which  Mr.  Schumacher’s  wife  is  the  beneficiary.  “All  Other  Compensation”  for  Dr.  Lazarev  includes  $4,250  paid  to  Dr.  Lazarev  in  lieu  of  his  participation  in  the  medical
benefit plan offered by the Company. “All Other Compensation” for Dr. Ting includes $1,500 paid to Dr. Ting in lieu of his participation in the medical benefit plan offered by
the Company.

90

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth certain information regarding outstanding stock options awards for each of the Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2020.

Option Awards

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options 
Unexercisable (1)

8,056 
187,247 

17,066 
31,116 

14,368 

26,863 

1,944   
235,421   

4,119   
54,439   

3,467   

46,642   

$
$

$
$

$

$

Option 
Exercise
Price ($)

Option
Expiration 
Date

0.69   
0.69   

0.69   
0.69   

0.69   

0.69   

7/18/2028
12/19/2028

7/18/2028
12/19/2028

7/18/2028

12/19/2028

Name
Richard T. Schumacher
President, CEO

Edmund Y. Ting, Ph.D
Senior Vice President of Engineering  

Alexander V. Lazarev, Ph.D
Vice President of Research &
Development

(1) All unvested stock options listed in this column were granted to the Named Executive Officer pursuant to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. On December 19, 2019, all
outstanding options were repriced and re-issued pursuant to this plan. All options expire ten years after the date of grant. Unvested stock options become fully vested
and exercisable upon a change of control of our company.

Retirement Plan

All employees, including the named executive officers, may participate in our 401(k) Plan. Under the 401(k) Plan, employees may elect to make before tax contributions of
up to 60% of their base salary, subject to current Internal Revenue Service limits. The 401(k) Plan does not permit an investment in our common stock. We match employee
contributions up to 50% of the first 2% of the employee’s earnings. Our contribution is 100% vested immediately.

91

Severance Arrangements

Each of Mr. Schumacher, Dr. Ting, Dr. and Lazarev, executive officers of the Company, are entitled to receive a severance payment if terminated by us without cause. The
severance  benefits  would  include  a  payment  in  an  amount  equal  to  one  year  of  such  executive  officer’s  annualized  base  salary  compensation  plus  accrued  paid  time  off.
Additionally, the officer will be entitled to receive medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Change-in-Control Arrangements

Pursuant to severance agreements with each of Mr. Schumacher, Dr. Ting, and Dr. Lazarev, each such executive officers, is entitled to receive a change of control payment
in an amount equal to one year (other than Mr. Schumacher ) of such executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and medical and dental
coverage, in the event of their termination upon a change of control of our Company. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, his payment is equal to two years of annualized base salary

 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
compensation, accrued paid time off, and two years of medical and dental coverage.

Pursuant to our equity incentive plans, any unvested stock options held by a named executive officer will become fully vested upon a change in control (as defined in the

2005 Equity Incentive Plan) of our Company.

Director Compensation and Benefits

The following table sets forth certain information regarding compensation earned or paid to our directors during fiscal 2020.

Name

Vito J. Mangiardi
Jeffrey N. Peterson
Kevin A. Pollack
Michael S. Urdea, Ph. D.

Fees Earned or Paid in
Cash
($) (1)

70,000 
107,500 
72,500 
50,000 

Stock Awards 
($)

Option Awards
($)

Total ($)

    -   
-   
-   
-   

    -   
-   
-   
-   

70,000 
107,500 
72,500 
50,000 

Our non-employee directors receive the following compensation for service as a director:

(1) Each director currently earns a quarterly stipend of $10,000 for attending meetings of the full board of directors (whether telephonic or in-person) and fees ranging from
$5,000 to $20,000 for chairing and attending committee meetings in 2020. Mr. Peterson currently earns $20,000 per quarter as chairman of the board of directors. There is no
limit to the number of board of directors or committee meetings that may be called.

The following table shows the total number of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2020 that have been issued as director compensation. The Company did not issue
any stock options as director compensation in 2020.

Name

Vito J. Mangiardi
Jeffrey N. Peterson
Kevin A. Pollack
Michael S. Urdea, Ph. D.

Report from Compensation Committee

General

Aggregate
Number of
Stock Options
Outstanding

70,408 
120,312 
70,408 
52,072 

92

Messrs. Peterson, Pollack and Mangiardi are currently the members of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee operates pursuant to a written charter,
a  current  copy  of  which  is  publicly  available  on  the  investor  relations  portion  of  our  website  at www.pressurebiosciences.com.  The  primary  functions  of  the  Compensation
Committee  include  (i)  reviewing  and  approving  our  executive  compensation,  (ii)  reviewing  the  recommendations  of  the  president  and  chief  executive  officer  regarding  the
compensation of our executive officers, (iii) evaluating the performance of the president and chief executive officer, (iv) overseeing the administration and approval of grants of
stock options and other equity awards under our equity incentive plans, and (v) recommending compensation for our board of directors and each committee thereof for review
and approval by the board of directors.

The Compensation Committee may form and delegate authority to one or more subcommittees as it deems appropriate from time to time under the circumstances (including
(a) a subcommittee consisting of a single member and (b) a subcommittee consisting of at least two members, each of whom qualifies as a “non-employee director,” as such
term is defined from time to time in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and an “outside director,” as such term is defined from time to time in
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations there under).

Compensation Objectives

In light of the relatively early stage of commercialization of our products, we recognize the importance of attracting and retaining key employees with sufficient experience,
skills,  and  qualifications  in  areas  vital  to  our  success,  such  as  operations,  finance,  sales  and  marketing,  research  and  development,  engineering,  and  individuals  who  are
committed to our short- and long-term goals. The Compensation Committee has designed our executive compensation programs with the intent of attracting, motivating, and
retaining experienced executives and, subject to our limited financial resources, rewarding them for their contributions by offering them a competitive base salary, potential for
annual cash incentive bonuses, and long-term equity-based incentives, typically in the form of stock options. The Compensation Committee strives to balance the need to retain
key employees with financial prudence given our history of operating losses, limited financial resources and the early stage of our commercialization.

Executive Officers and Director Compensation Process

The Compensation Committee considers and determines executive compensation according to an annual objective setting and measurement cycle. Specifically, corporate
goals  for  the  year  are  initially  developed  by  our  executive  officers  and  are  then  presented  to  our  board  of  directors  and  Compensation  Committee  for  review  and  approval.
Individual goals are intended to focus on contributions that facilitate the achievement of the corporate goals. Individual goals are first proposed by each executive officer, other
than the president and CEO, then discussed by the entire senior executive management team and ultimately compiled and prepared for submission to our board of directors and
the Compensation Committee, by the president and chief executive officer. The Compensation Committee sets and approves the goals for the president and chief executive
officer. Generally, corporate and individual goals are set during the first quarter of each calendar year. The objective setting process is coordinated with our annual financial
planning  and  budgeting  process  so  our  board  of  directors  and  Compensation  Committee  can  consider  overall  corporate  and  individual  objectives  in  the  context  of  budget
constraints  and  cost  control  considerations. Annual  salary  increases,  bonuses,  and  equity  awards,  such  as  stock  option  grants,  if  any,  are  tied  to  the  achievement  of  these
corporate and individual performance goals as well as our financial position and prospects.

Under  the  annual  performance  review  program,  the  Compensation  Committee  evaluates  individual  performance  against  the  goals  for  the  recently  completed  year.  The
Compensation Committee’s evaluation generally occurs in the first quarter of the following year. The evaluation of each executive (other than the president and chief executive
officer) begins with a written self-assessment submitted by the executive to the president and chief executive officer. The president and chief executive officer then prepares a
written evaluation based on the executive’s self-assessment, the president and chief executive officer’s evaluation, and input from others within the Company. This process leads
to  a  recommendation  by  the  president  and  chief  executive  officer  for  a  salary  increase,  bonus,  and  equity  award,  if  any,  which  is  then  considered  by  the  Compensation
Committee.  In  the  case  of  the  president  and  chief  executive  officer,  the  Compensation  Committee  conducts  his  performance  evaluation  and  determines  his  compensation,
including  salary  increase,  bonus,  and  equity  awards,  if  any.  We  generally  expect,  but  are  not  required,  to  implement  salary  increases,  bonuses,  and  equity  awards,  for  all
executive officers, if and to the extent granted, by April 1 of each year.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-employee director compensation is set by our board of directors upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee. In developing its recommendations, the
Compensation Committee is guided by the following goals: compensation should be fair relative to the required services for directors of comparable companies in our industry
and at our Company’s stage of development; compensation should align directors’ interests with the long-term interest of stockholders; the structure of the compensation should
be simple, transparent, and easy for stockholders to understand; and compensation should be consistent with the financial resources, prospects, and competitive outlook for the
Company.

93

In  evaluating  executive  officer  and  director  compensation,  the  Compensation  Committee  considers  the  practices  of  companies  of  similar  size,  geographic  location,  and
market  focus.  In  order  to  develop  reasonable  benchmark  data  the  Compensation  Committee  has  referred  to  publicly  available  sources  such  as  www.salary.com  and  the
BioWorld Survey. While the Compensation Committee does not believe benchmarking is appropriate as a stand-alone tool for setting compensation due to the unique aspects of
our business objectives and current stage of development, the Compensation Committee generally believes that gathering this compensation information is an important part of
its compensation-related decision making process.

The Compensation Committee has the authority to hire and fire advisors and compensation consultants as needed and approve their fees. No advisors or compensation
consultants were hired or fired in fiscal 2020. The Compensation Committee is also authorized to delegate any of its responsibilities to sub committees or individuals as it deems
appropriate. The Compensation Committee did not delegate any of its responsibilities in fiscal 2020.

 ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Beneficial Ownership Information

The following table sets forth certain information as of April 8, 2021 concerning the beneficial ownership of common stock for: (i) each director and director nominee, (ii)
each Named Executive Officer in the Summary Compensation Table under “Executive Compensation” above, (iii) all executive officers and directors as a group, and (iv) each
person (including any “group” as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) known by us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock. The
address for each of the persons below who are beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock is our corporate address at 14 Norfolk Avenue, South Easton, MA 02375.

Beneficial  ownership  has  been  determined  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  SEC  and  is  calculated  based  on  4,321,973  shares  of  our  common  stock  issued  and
outstanding  as  of April  8,  2021.  Shares  of  common  stock  subject  to  options,  warrants,  preferred  stock  or  other  securities  convertible  into  common  stock  that  are  currently
exercisable or convertible, or exercisable or convertible within 60 days of April 8, 2021, are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding the option,
warrant, preferred stock, or convertible security but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting

and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own.

Name of Beneficial Owner

Amount and 
Nature of 
Beneficial Ownership

Percent of Class (1)

Richard T. Schumacher(2)
Jeffrey N. Peterson(3)
Kevin A. Pollack(4)
Michael S. Urdea(5)
Vito J. Mangiardi(6)
Edmund Y. Ting, Ph.D.(7)
Alexander V. Lazarev, Ph.D.(8)

All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (9)

94

310,313   
182,026   
132,381   
109,978   
91,903   
63,821   
54,325   

944,747   

6.8%
4.1%
3.0%
2.5%
2.1%
1.5%
1.2%

18.3%

1) Percentage of ownership is based on 4,321,973 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 8, 2021.

2)

3)

4)

5)

6)

Includes (i)  255,393  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  options;  (ii)  8,800  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  the exercise of warrants and (iii)
8,800  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  Series AA  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  and  (iv)  37,320  shares  of  Common  Stock.  Does  not  include  672
shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Schumacher’s minor son as Mr. Schumacher’s wife exercises all voting and investment control over such shares.

Includes (i) 120,312 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 20,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants; (iii) 20,000
shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock; and (iv) 21,714 shares of Common Stock.

Includes (i) 70,408 shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  options;  (ii)  20,534  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon exercise of warrants; (iii) 20,534
shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock; and (iv) 20,905 shares of Common Stock.

Includes (i) 52,072 shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  options;  (ii)  20,200  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon exercise of warrants; (iii) 20,200
shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock; and (iv) 17,506 shares of Common Stock.

Includes (i) 70,408 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 4,400 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants; (iii) 4,400 shares
of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock; and (iv) 12,695 shares of Common Stock.

7)

Includes (i) 63,006 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options and (ii) 815 shares of Common Stock.

8)

Includes (i) 53,915 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options and (ii) 410 shares of Common Stock.

9)

Includes (i) 685,514 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 73,934 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants; (iii) 73,934
shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock and (iv) 111,365 shares of Common Stock.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

We maintain a number of equity compensation plans for employees, officers, directors and other entities and individuals whose efforts contribute to our success. The table
below sets forth certain information as of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 regarding the shares of our common stock available for grant or granted under our equity
compensation plans.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Plan Category
Equity compensation plan approved by security holders - 2013 Equity Incentive
Plan

Number of securities to
be issued upon 
exercise of outstanding 
options

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding 
options

Number of securities
available for 
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans

1,355,901   

$

          0.69   

1,644,099 

95

 ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS; AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2017 to which we have been or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $ (one
percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for our last two completed fiscal years) and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more
than 5% of any class of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing a household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect
material interest, other than compensation arrangements that are described under the section captioned “Executive Compensation.”

In March 2010, we signed a strategic product licensing, manufacturing, co-marketing, and collaborative research and development agreement with Target Discovery Inc.
(“TDI”), a related party. Under the terms of the agreement, we have been licensed by TDI to manufacture and sell a highly innovative line of chemicals used in the preparation
of tissues for scientific analysis (“TDI reagents”).  The  TDI  reagents  were  designed  for  use  in  combination  with  our  pressure  cycling  technology.  The  respective  companies
believe that the combination of PCT and the TDI reagents can fill an existing need in life science research for an automated method for rapid extraction and recovery of intact,
functional  proteins  associated  with  cell  membranes  in  tissue  samples.  We  did  not  incur  any  royalty  obligation  under  this  agreement  in  2017  or  2016.  We  executed  an
amendment to this agreement on October 1, 2016 wherein we agreed to pay a monthly fee of $1,400 for the use of a lab bench, shared space and other utilities, and $2,000 per
day  for  technical  support  services  as  needed.  Mr.  Jeffrey  N.  Peterson,  the  chief  executive  officer  of  TDI,  has  served  as  a  director  of  the  Company  since  July  2011  and  as
Chairman of the Board starting in 2012.

Related Party Notes

In June 2018, we received a non-convertible loan of $15,000 from a private investor. The loan includes a one-year term and 15% guaranteed interest. This loan remains

outstanding at December 31, 2020 and is currently past  due.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we received short-term non-convertible loans of $283,700 from related parties. The loans were repaid in full as of December

31, 2020, except for $151,000.

96

Board Independence

Our board of directors has reviewed the qualifications of each of Messrs. Peterson, Mangiardi, Pollack, and Dr. Urdea constituting more than a majority of our directors
and has affirmatively determined that each individual is “independent” as such term is defined under the current listing standards of the OTC Markets. The board of directors
has determined that none of these directors has a material relationship with us that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment. In addition, each member of the
Audit Committee is independent as required under Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

 ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The Audit Committee appointed MaloneBailey LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, to audit the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the

fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Fees

The following is a summary of the fees billed to the Company by MaloneBailey LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, respectively for the

fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

Audit Fees
Audit-Related Fees
Tax and Other Fees

Fiscal 2020 Fees

Fiscal 2019 Fees

$

$

155,000   
-   
-   
155,000   

$

$

97,000 
- 
- 
97,000 

Audit Fees.  Consists  of  fees  billed  for  professional  services  performed  for  the  audit  of  our  annual  financial  statements,  the  review  of  interim  financial  statements,  and

related services that are normally provided in connection with registration statements, including the registration statement for our public offering.

Audit-Related  Fees.  Consists  of  aggregate  fees  billed  for  assurance  and  related  services  that  are  reasonably  related  to  the  performance  of  the  audit  or  review  of  the

Company’s consolidated financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.”

Audit Committee Policy on Pre-Approval of Services

The Audit Committee’s policy is to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm. These services
may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services, and other services. Pre-approval is generally provided for up to one year. The Audit Committee may also pre-
approve particular services on a case-by-case basis.

97

 PART IV

 ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12

Exhibit Description

  Restated Articles of Organization of the Company.
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company

Amended Certificate of Designation of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock, filed February 14,
2019.

Incorporated by Reference

Filed or
Furnished
Herewith

  Form   Exhibit   Filing Date  
  10/08/1996    
  11/23/2004    
  02/18/2009    
  04/12/2011    
  11/10/2011    
  01/04/2013    
  02/13/2013    
  12/12/2013    
  02/05/2014    
  12/31/2014    
  07/28/2015    
02/15/2019

S-1
10-Q  
8-K  
8-K  
8-K  
8-K  
8-K  
8-K  
8-K  
8-K  
8-K  
8-K

3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1

3.13
3.14
4.1

  Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
  Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
  Specimen Certificate for Shares of the Company’s common stock

10-K  
10-K  
  10-KSB  

3.3
3.3
4.1

  10/08/1996    
3/31/2003    
  04/22/2005    

98

Exhibit Description

Incorporated by Reference
  Form   Exhibit   Filing Date  

Filed or
Furnished
Herewith

  Description of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act of 1934
  2013 Equity Incentive Plan.*
  Economic Injury Disaster Loan Note, dated June 25, 2020, issued to the U.S. Small Business Administration  
Security Agreement,  dated  June  25,  2020,  by  and  between  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.  and  the  U.S.  Small
Business Administration

  Paycheck Protection Program Note, dated April 18, 2020, issued to North Easton Savings Bank

Form of Amendment to Standstill and Forbearance Agreement entered into in January, March, April, May
and June 2020

  List of Subsidiaries
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Malone Bailey LLP)

Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Item 601(b)(32) of Regulation S-K, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Item 601(b)(32) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**

S-8
10-Q  
10-Q

  04/24/2015  

4.1
10.3   08/14/2020    
10.4

08/14/2020

10-Q  
10-Q

10.1   06/29/2020    
10.3

06/29/2020

X

X
X

X

X

X

X

Exhibit
Number
4.2
10.1
10.2
10.3

10.4
10.5

21.1
23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

**In accordance with SEC Release 33-8238, Exhibit 32.1 is furnished and not filed.

99

SIGNATURES

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: April 15, 2021

Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

By:

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the

capacity and on the dates indicated.

Name

Capacity

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher

/s/ Jeffrey N. Peterson
Jeffrey N. Peterson

/s/ Mickey Urdea
Michael S. Urdea, Ph.D.

/s/ Vito Mangiardi

President, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Clerk and
Director
(Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Director

Director

Date

April 15, 2021

April 15, 2021

April 15, 2021

April 15, 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vito J. Mangiardi

/s/ Kevin Pollack
Kevin A. Pollack

Director

April 15, 2021

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Exhibit 4.2

Set  forth  below  is  the  description  of  the  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  (the  “Common  Stock”)  of  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.  (“we”  or  “our”).  The  following
description summarizes the most important terms of these securities. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our
Restated Articles of Organization, as amended (the “Articles”), and our Amended and Restated By-laws, as amended (the “By-laws”), copies of which have been previously
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are incorporated by reference into the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020. You should
refer to our Articles, By-laws and the applicable provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, for a complete description.

The  Common  Stock  is  the  only  class  of  our  securities  currently  registered  under  Section  12  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934.  Our  Common  Stock  is  quoted  on  the
OTCQB under the symbol “PBIO.”

Authorized Common Stock

Our authorized Common Stock consists of 100,000,000 shares.

Dividend Rights

Subject  to  limitations  under  the  Massachusetts  General  Laws  and  to  preferences  that  may  apply  to  any  shares  of  preferred  stock  outstanding  at  the  time,  the  holders  of  our
Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our Board of Directors, in its discretion, determines to declare and pay dividends and then only
at the times and in the amounts that our Board of Directors may determine.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters properly submitted to a vote of stockholders on which holders of Common Stock are
entitled to vote. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our Certificate. The directors are elected by a plurality of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote on the election of directors. On all other matters the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present or represented by proxy at the
meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter constitutes the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided by the Nevada Revised Statutes.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our Common Stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

If  we  become  subject  to  a  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding-up,  the  assets  legally  available  for  distribution  to  our  stockholders  would  be  distributable  ratably  among  the
holders  of  our  Common  Stock  and  any  participating  preferred  stock  outstanding  at  that  time,  subject  to  prior  satisfaction  of  all  outstanding  debt  and  liabilities  and  the
preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Computershare Trust Company NA is the transfer agent and registrar in respect of the common stock.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. – Subsidiaries

PBI BioSeq, Inc. (U.S.A.)
Pressure BioSciences Europe (Poland)

EXHIBIT 21.1

 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8  (File  No.  333-203609)  of  our  report  dated April  15,  2021,  with  respect  to  the
consolidated  financial  statements  of  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  which  is  included  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020.  Our  report
contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

EXHIBIT 23.1

/s/ Malone Bailey LLP
www.malonebailey.com
Houston, Texas
April 15, 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Richard T. Schumacher, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results
of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiary, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this
report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s
fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial
reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and
the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 15, 2021

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher

By:
Name: Richard T. Schumacher
Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Richard T. Schumacher, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results
of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiary, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this
report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s
fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial
reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and
the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 15, 2021

By:

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher
Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

EXHIBIT 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2020
as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  Richard  T.  Schumacher,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  of  Pressure
BioSciences,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts  corporation  (the  “Company”),  do  hereby  certify,  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of  2002  (subsections  (a)  and  (b)  of
Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code) that:

(1) The Report of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: April 15, 2021

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and will be retained by Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

EXHIBIT 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2020
as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  Richard  T.  Schumacher,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  of  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  a
Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63
of Title 18, United States Code) that:

(1) The Report of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: April 15, 2021

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher
Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and will be retained by Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.